*** empty log message ***
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / bfd / elf32-sh.c
1 /* Renesas / SuperH SH specific support for 32-bit ELF
2 Copyright 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005,
3 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Contributed by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
5
6 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7
8 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
11 (at your option) any later version.
12
13 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 GNU General Public License for more details.
17
18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
21 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
22
23 #include "sysdep.h"
24 #include "bfd.h"
25 #include "bfdlink.h"
26 #include "libbfd.h"
27 #include "elf-bfd.h"
28 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
29 #include "elf/sh.h"
30 #include "dwarf2.h"
31 #include "libiberty.h"
32 #include "../opcodes/sh-opc.h"
33
34 static bfd_reloc_status_type sh_elf_reloc
35 (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
36 static bfd_reloc_status_type sh_elf_ignore_reloc
37 (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
38 static bfd_boolean sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes
39 (bfd *, asection *, bfd_vma, int);
40 static bfd_boolean sh_elf_align_loads
41 (bfd *, asection *, Elf_Internal_Rela *, bfd_byte *, bfd_boolean *);
42 #ifndef SH64_ELF
43 static bfd_boolean sh_elf_swap_insns
44 (bfd *, asection *, void *, bfd_byte *, bfd_vma);
45 #endif
46 static int sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc
47 (struct bfd_link_info *, int, int);
48 static bfd_vma dtpoff_base
49 (struct bfd_link_info *);
50 static bfd_vma tpoff
51 (struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_vma);
52
53 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
54 section. */
55
56 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/libc.so.1"
57
58 /* FDPIC binaries have a default 128K stack. */
59 #define DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE 0x20000
60
61 #define MINUS_ONE ((bfd_vma) 0 - 1)
62
63 /* Decide whether a reference to a symbol can be resolved locally or
64 not. If the symbol is protected, we want the local address, but
65 its function descriptor must be assigned by the dynamic linker. */
66 #define SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL(INFO, H) \
67 (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (INFO, H) \
68 || ! elf_hash_table (INFO)->dynamic_sections_created)
69 \f
70 #define SH_PARTIAL32 TRUE
71 #define SH_SRC_MASK32 0xffffffff
72 #define SH_ELF_RELOC sh_elf_reloc
73 static reloc_howto_type sh_elf_howto_table[] =
74 {
75 #include "elf32-sh-relocs.h"
76 };
77
78 #define SH_PARTIAL32 FALSE
79 #define SH_SRC_MASK32 0
80 #define SH_ELF_RELOC bfd_elf_generic_reloc
81 static reloc_howto_type sh_vxworks_howto_table[] =
82 {
83 #include "elf32-sh-relocs.h"
84 };
85 \f
86 /* Return true if OUTPUT_BFD is a VxWorks object. */
87
88 static bfd_boolean
89 vxworks_object_p (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
90 {
91 #if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
92 extern const bfd_target bfd_elf32_shlvxworks_vec;
93 extern const bfd_target bfd_elf32_shvxworks_vec;
94
95 return (abfd->xvec == &bfd_elf32_shlvxworks_vec
96 || abfd->xvec == &bfd_elf32_shvxworks_vec);
97 #else
98 return FALSE;
99 #endif
100 }
101
102 /* Return true if OUTPUT_BFD is an FDPIC object. */
103
104 static bfd_boolean
105 fdpic_object_p (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
106 {
107 #if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
108 extern const bfd_target bfd_elf32_shfd_vec;
109 extern const bfd_target bfd_elf32_shbfd_vec;
110
111 return (abfd->xvec == &bfd_elf32_shfd_vec
112 || abfd->xvec == &bfd_elf32_shbfd_vec);
113 #else
114 return FALSE;
115 #endif
116 }
117
118 /* Return the howto table for ABFD. */
119
120 static reloc_howto_type *
121 get_howto_table (bfd *abfd)
122 {
123 if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
124 return sh_vxworks_howto_table;
125 return sh_elf_howto_table;
126 }
127
128 static bfd_reloc_status_type
129 sh_elf_reloc_loop (int r_type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, bfd *input_bfd,
130 asection *input_section, bfd_byte *contents,
131 bfd_vma addr, asection *symbol_section,
132 bfd_vma start, bfd_vma end)
133 {
134 static bfd_vma last_addr;
135 static asection *last_symbol_section;
136 bfd_byte *start_ptr, *ptr, *last_ptr;
137 int diff, cum_diff;
138 bfd_signed_vma x;
139 int insn;
140
141 /* Sanity check the address. */
142 if (addr > bfd_get_section_limit (input_bfd, input_section))
143 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
144
145 /* We require the start and end relocations to be processed consecutively -
146 although we allow then to be processed forwards or backwards. */
147 if (! last_addr)
148 {
149 last_addr = addr;
150 last_symbol_section = symbol_section;
151 return bfd_reloc_ok;
152 }
153 if (last_addr != addr)
154 abort ();
155 last_addr = 0;
156
157 if (! symbol_section || last_symbol_section != symbol_section || end < start)
158 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
159
160 /* Get the symbol_section contents. */
161 if (symbol_section != input_section)
162 {
163 if (elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
164 contents = elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents;
165 else
166 {
167 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (input_bfd, symbol_section,
168 &contents))
169 {
170 if (contents != NULL)
171 free (contents);
172 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
173 }
174 }
175 }
176 #define IS_PPI(PTR) ((bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, (PTR)) & 0xfc00) == 0xf800)
177 start_ptr = contents + start;
178 for (cum_diff = -6, ptr = contents + end; cum_diff < 0 && ptr > start_ptr;)
179 {
180 for (last_ptr = ptr, ptr -= 4; ptr >= start_ptr && IS_PPI (ptr);)
181 ptr -= 2;
182 ptr += 2;
183 diff = (last_ptr - ptr) >> 1;
184 cum_diff += diff & 1;
185 cum_diff += diff;
186 }
187 /* Calculate the start / end values to load into rs / re minus four -
188 so that will cancel out the four we would otherwise have to add to
189 addr to get the value to subtract in order to get relative addressing. */
190 if (cum_diff >= 0)
191 {
192 start -= 4;
193 end = (ptr + cum_diff * 2) - contents;
194 }
195 else
196 {
197 bfd_vma start0 = start - 4;
198
199 while (start0 && IS_PPI (contents + start0))
200 start0 -= 2;
201 start0 = start - 2 - ((start - start0) & 2);
202 start = start0 - cum_diff - 2;
203 end = start0;
204 }
205
206 if (contents != NULL
207 && elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
208 free (contents);
209
210 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + addr);
211
212 x = (insn & 0x200 ? end : start) - addr;
213 if (input_section != symbol_section)
214 x += ((symbol_section->output_section->vma + symbol_section->output_offset)
215 - (input_section->output_section->vma
216 + input_section->output_offset));
217 x >>= 1;
218 if (x < -128 || x > 127)
219 return bfd_reloc_overflow;
220
221 x = (insn & ~0xff) | (x & 0xff);
222 bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, (bfd_vma) x, contents + addr);
223
224 return bfd_reloc_ok;
225 }
226
227 /* This function is used for normal relocs. This used to be like the COFF
228 function, and is almost certainly incorrect for other ELF targets. */
229
230 static bfd_reloc_status_type
231 sh_elf_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol_in,
232 void *data, asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
233 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
234 {
235 unsigned long insn;
236 bfd_vma sym_value;
237 enum elf_sh_reloc_type r_type;
238 bfd_vma addr = reloc_entry->address;
239 bfd_byte *hit_data = addr + (bfd_byte *) data;
240
241 r_type = (enum elf_sh_reloc_type) reloc_entry->howto->type;
242
243 if (output_bfd != NULL)
244 {
245 /* Partial linking--do nothing. */
246 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
247 return bfd_reloc_ok;
248 }
249
250 /* Almost all relocs have to do with relaxing. If any work must be
251 done for them, it has been done in sh_relax_section. */
252 if (r_type == R_SH_IND12W && (symbol_in->flags & BSF_LOCAL) != 0)
253 return bfd_reloc_ok;
254
255 if (symbol_in != NULL
256 && bfd_is_und_section (symbol_in->section))
257 return bfd_reloc_undefined;
258
259 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol_in->section))
260 sym_value = 0;
261 else
262 sym_value = (symbol_in->value +
263 symbol_in->section->output_section->vma +
264 symbol_in->section->output_offset);
265
266 switch (r_type)
267 {
268 case R_SH_DIR32:
269 insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_data);
270 insn += sym_value + reloc_entry->addend;
271 bfd_put_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, hit_data);
272 break;
273 case R_SH_IND12W:
274 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, hit_data);
275 sym_value += reloc_entry->addend;
276 sym_value -= (input_section->output_section->vma
277 + input_section->output_offset
278 + addr
279 + 4);
280 sym_value += (insn & 0xfff) << 1;
281 if (insn & 0x800)
282 sym_value -= 0x1000;
283 insn = (insn & 0xf000) | (sym_value & 0xfff);
284 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, hit_data);
285 if (sym_value < (bfd_vma) -0x1000 || sym_value >= 0x1000)
286 return bfd_reloc_overflow;
287 break;
288 default:
289 abort ();
290 break;
291 }
292
293 return bfd_reloc_ok;
294 }
295
296 /* This function is used for relocs which are only used for relaxing,
297 which the linker should otherwise ignore. */
298
299 static bfd_reloc_status_type
300 sh_elf_ignore_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
301 asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
302 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *input_section,
303 bfd *output_bfd,
304 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
305 {
306 if (output_bfd != NULL)
307 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
308 return bfd_reloc_ok;
309 }
310
311 /* This structure is used to map BFD reloc codes to SH ELF relocs. */
312
313 struct elf_reloc_map
314 {
315 bfd_reloc_code_real_type bfd_reloc_val;
316 unsigned char elf_reloc_val;
317 };
318
319 /* An array mapping BFD reloc codes to SH ELF relocs. */
320
321 static const struct elf_reloc_map sh_reloc_map[] =
322 {
323 { BFD_RELOC_NONE, R_SH_NONE },
324 { BFD_RELOC_32, R_SH_DIR32 },
325 { BFD_RELOC_16, R_SH_DIR16 },
326 { BFD_RELOC_8, R_SH_DIR8 },
327 { BFD_RELOC_CTOR, R_SH_DIR32 },
328 { BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL, R_SH_REL32 },
329 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP8BY2, R_SH_DIR8WPN },
330 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP12BY2, R_SH_IND12W },
331 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY2, R_SH_DIR8WPZ },
332 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY4, R_SH_DIR8WPL },
333 { BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL, R_SH_SWITCH8 },
334 { BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH16, R_SH_SWITCH16 },
335 { BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH32, R_SH_SWITCH32 },
336 { BFD_RELOC_SH_USES, R_SH_USES },
337 { BFD_RELOC_SH_COUNT, R_SH_COUNT },
338 { BFD_RELOC_SH_ALIGN, R_SH_ALIGN },
339 { BFD_RELOC_SH_CODE, R_SH_CODE },
340 { BFD_RELOC_SH_DATA, R_SH_DATA },
341 { BFD_RELOC_SH_LABEL, R_SH_LABEL },
342 { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT, R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT },
343 { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY, R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY },
344 { BFD_RELOC_SH_LOOP_START, R_SH_LOOP_START },
345 { BFD_RELOC_SH_LOOP_END, R_SH_LOOP_END },
346 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_GD_32, R_SH_TLS_GD_32 },
347 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LD_32, R_SH_TLS_LD_32 },
348 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LDO_32, R_SH_TLS_LDO_32 },
349 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_IE_32, R_SH_TLS_IE_32 },
350 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LE_32, R_SH_TLS_LE_32 },
351 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32, R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32 },
352 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32, R_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32 },
353 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_TPOFF32, R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32 },
354 { BFD_RELOC_32_GOT_PCREL, R_SH_GOT32 },
355 { BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL, R_SH_PLT32 },
356 { BFD_RELOC_SH_COPY, R_SH_COPY },
357 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GLOB_DAT, R_SH_GLOB_DAT },
358 { BFD_RELOC_SH_JMP_SLOT, R_SH_JMP_SLOT },
359 { BFD_RELOC_SH_RELATIVE, R_SH_RELATIVE },
360 { BFD_RELOC_32_GOTOFF, R_SH_GOTOFF },
361 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC, R_SH_GOTPC },
362 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT32, R_SH_GOTPLT32 },
363 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT20, R_SH_GOT20 },
364 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF20, R_SH_GOTOFF20 },
365 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTFUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC },
366 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20, R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20 },
367 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC },
368 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20 },
369 { BFD_RELOC_SH_FUNCDESC, R_SH_FUNCDESC },
370 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
371 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_LOW16, R_SH_GOT_LOW16 },
372 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16 },
373 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16 },
374 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_HI16, R_SH_GOT_HI16 },
375 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16, R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16 },
376 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16 },
377 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16 },
378 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_HI16, R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16 },
379 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_LOW16, R_SH_PLT_LOW16 },
380 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16, R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16 },
381 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_MEDHI16, R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16 },
382 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_HI16, R_SH_PLT_HI16 },
383 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16, R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16 },
384 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16 },
385 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16 },
386 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_HI16, R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16 },
387 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_LOW16, R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16 },
388 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16 },
389 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16 },
390 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_HI16, R_SH_GOTPC_HI16 },
391 { BFD_RELOC_SH_COPY64, R_SH_COPY64 },
392 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GLOB_DAT64, R_SH_GLOB_DAT64 },
393 { BFD_RELOC_SH_JMP_SLOT64, R_SH_JMP_SLOT64 },
394 { BFD_RELOC_SH_RELATIVE64, R_SH_RELATIVE64 },
395 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT10BY4, R_SH_GOT10BY4 },
396 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT10BY8, R_SH_GOT10BY8 },
397 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT10BY4, R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4 },
398 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT10BY8, R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8 },
399 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PT_16, R_SH_PT_16 },
400 { BFD_RELOC_SH_SHMEDIA_CODE, R_SH_SHMEDIA_CODE },
401 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMU5, R_SH_DIR5U },
402 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS6, R_SH_DIR6S },
403 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMU6, R_SH_DIR6U },
404 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10, R_SH_DIR10S },
405 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10BY2, R_SH_DIR10SW },
406 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10BY4, R_SH_DIR10SL },
407 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10BY8, R_SH_DIR10SQ },
408 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS16, R_SH_IMMS16 },
409 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMU16, R_SH_IMMU16 },
410 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_LOW16, R_SH_IMM_LOW16 },
411 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL },
412 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16, R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16 },
413 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL },
414 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDHI16, R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16 },
415 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL },
416 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_HI16, R_SH_IMM_HI16 },
417 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL },
418 { BFD_RELOC_64, R_SH_64 },
419 { BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL, R_SH_64_PCREL },
420 #endif /* not INCLUDE_SHMEDIA */
421 };
422
423 /* Given a BFD reloc code, return the howto structure for the
424 corresponding SH ELF reloc. */
425
426 static reloc_howto_type *
427 sh_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd, bfd_reloc_code_real_type code)
428 {
429 unsigned int i;
430
431 for (i = 0; i < sizeof (sh_reloc_map) / sizeof (struct elf_reloc_map); i++)
432 {
433 if (sh_reloc_map[i].bfd_reloc_val == code)
434 return get_howto_table (abfd) + (int) sh_reloc_map[i].elf_reloc_val;
435 }
436
437 return NULL;
438 }
439
440 static reloc_howto_type *
441 sh_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd, const char *r_name)
442 {
443 unsigned int i;
444
445 if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
446 {
447 for (i = 0;
448 i < (sizeof (sh_vxworks_howto_table)
449 / sizeof (sh_vxworks_howto_table[0]));
450 i++)
451 if (sh_vxworks_howto_table[i].name != NULL
452 && strcasecmp (sh_vxworks_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
453 return &sh_vxworks_howto_table[i];
454 }
455 else
456 {
457 for (i = 0;
458 i < (sizeof (sh_elf_howto_table)
459 / sizeof (sh_elf_howto_table[0]));
460 i++)
461 if (sh_elf_howto_table[i].name != NULL
462 && strcasecmp (sh_elf_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
463 return &sh_elf_howto_table[i];
464 }
465
466 return NULL;
467 }
468
469 /* Given an ELF reloc, fill in the howto field of a relent. */
470
471 static void
472 sh_elf_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd, arelent *cache_ptr, Elf_Internal_Rela *dst)
473 {
474 unsigned int r;
475
476 r = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info);
477
478 BFD_ASSERT (r < (unsigned int) R_SH_max);
479 BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC);
480 BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_2 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_2);
481 BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_3 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_3);
482 BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_4 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_4);
483 BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_5 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_5);
484 BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_6 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_6);
485
486 cache_ptr->howto = get_howto_table (abfd) + r;
487 }
488 \f
489 /* This function handles relaxing for SH ELF. See the corresponding
490 function in coff-sh.c for a description of what this does. FIXME:
491 There is a lot of duplication here between this code and the COFF
492 specific code. The format of relocs and symbols is wound deeply
493 into this code, but it would still be better if the duplication
494 could be eliminated somehow. Note in particular that although both
495 functions use symbols like R_SH_CODE, those symbols have different
496 values; in coff-sh.c they come from include/coff/sh.h, whereas here
497 they come from enum elf_sh_reloc_type in include/elf/sh.h. */
498
499 static bfd_boolean
500 sh_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
501 struct bfd_link_info *link_info, bfd_boolean *again)
502 {
503 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
504 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
505 bfd_boolean have_code;
506 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
507 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
508 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
509
510 *again = FALSE;
511
512 if (link_info->relocatable
513 || (sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
514 || sec->reloc_count == 0)
515 return TRUE;
516
517 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
518 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_flags
519 & (SHF_SH5_ISA32 | SHF_SH5_ISA32_MIXED))
520 {
521 return TRUE;
522 }
523 #endif
524
525 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
526
527 internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
528 (abfd, sec, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL,
529 link_info->keep_memory));
530 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
531 goto error_return;
532
533 have_code = FALSE;
534
535 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
536 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
537 {
538 bfd_vma laddr, paddr, symval;
539 unsigned short insn;
540 Elf_Internal_Rela *irelfn, *irelscan, *irelcount;
541 bfd_signed_vma foff;
542
543 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_CODE)
544 have_code = TRUE;
545
546 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_USES)
547 continue;
548
549 /* Get the section contents. */
550 if (contents == NULL)
551 {
552 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
553 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
554 else
555 {
556 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
557 goto error_return;
558 }
559 }
560
561 /* The r_addend field of the R_SH_USES reloc will point us to
562 the register load. The 4 is because the r_addend field is
563 computed as though it were a jump offset, which are based
564 from 4 bytes after the jump instruction. */
565 laddr = irel->r_offset + 4 + irel->r_addend;
566 if (laddr >= sec->size)
567 {
568 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: bad R_SH_USES offset"),
569 abfd,
570 (unsigned long) irel->r_offset);
571 continue;
572 }
573 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + laddr);
574
575 /* If the instruction is not mov.l NN,rN, we don't know what to
576 do. */
577 if ((insn & 0xf000) != 0xd000)
578 {
579 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
580 (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: R_SH_USES points to unrecognized insn 0x%x"),
581 abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset, insn));
582 continue;
583 }
584
585 /* Get the address from which the register is being loaded. The
586 displacement in the mov.l instruction is quadrupled. It is a
587 displacement from four bytes after the movl instruction, but,
588 before adding in the PC address, two least significant bits
589 of the PC are cleared. We assume that the section is aligned
590 on a four byte boundary. */
591 paddr = insn & 0xff;
592 paddr *= 4;
593 paddr += (laddr + 4) &~ (bfd_vma) 3;
594 if (paddr >= sec->size)
595 {
596 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
597 (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: bad R_SH_USES load offset"),
598 abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset));
599 continue;
600 }
601
602 /* Get the reloc for the address from which the register is
603 being loaded. This reloc will tell us which function is
604 actually being called. */
605 for (irelfn = internal_relocs; irelfn < irelend; irelfn++)
606 if (irelfn->r_offset == paddr
607 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irelfn->r_info) == (int) R_SH_DIR32)
608 break;
609 if (irelfn >= irelend)
610 {
611 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
612 (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: could not find expected reloc"),
613 abfd, (unsigned long) paddr));
614 continue;
615 }
616
617 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
618 if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
619 {
620 isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
621 if (isymbuf == NULL)
622 isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
623 symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
624 NULL, NULL, NULL);
625 if (isymbuf == NULL)
626 goto error_return;
627 }
628
629 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
630 if (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
631 {
632 /* A local symbol. */
633 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
634
635 isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info);
636 if (isym->st_shndx
637 != (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec))
638 {
639 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
640 (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: symbol in unexpected section"),
641 abfd, (unsigned long) paddr));
642 continue;
643 }
644
645 symval = (isym->st_value
646 + sec->output_section->vma
647 + sec->output_offset);
648 }
649 else
650 {
651 unsigned long indx;
652 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
653
654 indx = ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
655 h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[indx];
656 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
657 if (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
658 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
659 {
660 /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
661 symbol. Just ignore it--it will be caught by the
662 regular reloc processing. */
663 continue;
664 }
665
666 symval = (h->root.u.def.value
667 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
668 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
669 }
670
671 if (get_howto_table (abfd)[R_SH_DIR32].partial_inplace)
672 symval += bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + paddr);
673 else
674 symval += irelfn->r_addend;
675
676 /* See if this function call can be shortened. */
677 foff = (symval
678 - (irel->r_offset
679 + sec->output_section->vma
680 + sec->output_offset
681 + 4));
682 /* A branch to an address beyond ours might be increased by an
683 .align that doesn't move when bytes behind us are deleted.
684 So, we add some slop in this calculation to allow for
685 that. */
686 if (foff < -0x1000 || foff >= 0x1000 - 8)
687 {
688 /* After all that work, we can't shorten this function call. */
689 continue;
690 }
691
692 /* Shorten the function call. */
693
694 /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the section
695 contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol table. We
696 must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
697 information. It would be possible to instead create a table
698 of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
699 that would be more work, but would require less memory when
700 the linker is run. */
701
702 elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
703 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
704 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
705
706 /* Replace the jsr with a bsr. */
707
708 /* Change the R_SH_USES reloc into an R_SH_IND12W reloc, and
709 replace the jsr with a bsr. */
710 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info), R_SH_IND12W);
711 /* We used to test (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
712 here, but that only checks if the symbol is an external symbol,
713 not if the symbol is in a different section. Besides, we need
714 a consistent meaning for the relocation, so we just assume here that
715 the value of the symbol is not available. */
716
717 /* We can't fully resolve this yet, because the external
718 symbol value may be changed by future relaxing. We let
719 the final link phase handle it. */
720 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) 0xb000, contents + irel->r_offset);
721
722 irel->r_addend = -4;
723
724 /* When we calculated the symbol "value" we had an offset in the
725 DIR32's word in memory (we read and add it above). However,
726 the jsr we create does NOT have this offset encoded, so we
727 have to add it to the addend to preserve it. */
728 irel->r_addend += bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + paddr);
729
730 /* See if there is another R_SH_USES reloc referring to the same
731 register load. */
732 for (irelscan = internal_relocs; irelscan < irelend; irelscan++)
733 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) == (int) R_SH_USES
734 && laddr == irelscan->r_offset + 4 + irelscan->r_addend)
735 break;
736 if (irelscan < irelend)
737 {
738 /* Some other function call depends upon this register load,
739 and we have not yet converted that function call.
740 Indeed, we may never be able to convert it. There is
741 nothing else we can do at this point. */
742 continue;
743 }
744
745 /* Look for a R_SH_COUNT reloc on the location where the
746 function address is stored. Do this before deleting any
747 bytes, to avoid confusion about the address. */
748 for (irelcount = internal_relocs; irelcount < irelend; irelcount++)
749 if (irelcount->r_offset == paddr
750 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irelcount->r_info) == (int) R_SH_COUNT)
751 break;
752
753 /* Delete the register load. */
754 if (! sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, laddr, 2))
755 goto error_return;
756
757 /* That will change things, so, just in case it permits some
758 other function call to come within range, we should relax
759 again. Note that this is not required, and it may be slow. */
760 *again = TRUE;
761
762 /* Now check whether we got a COUNT reloc. */
763 if (irelcount >= irelend)
764 {
765 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
766 (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: could not find expected COUNT reloc"),
767 abfd, (unsigned long) paddr));
768 continue;
769 }
770
771 /* The number of uses is stored in the r_addend field. We've
772 just deleted one. */
773 if (irelcount->r_addend == 0)
774 {
775 ((*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: bad count"),
776 abfd,
777 (unsigned long) paddr));
778 continue;
779 }
780
781 --irelcount->r_addend;
782
783 /* If there are no more uses, we can delete the address. Reload
784 the address from irelfn, in case it was changed by the
785 previous call to sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes. */
786 if (irelcount->r_addend == 0)
787 {
788 if (! sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, irelfn->r_offset, 4))
789 goto error_return;
790 }
791
792 /* We've done all we can with that function call. */
793 }
794
795 /* Look for load and store instructions that we can align on four
796 byte boundaries. */
797 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_MACH_MASK) != EF_SH4
798 && have_code)
799 {
800 bfd_boolean swapped;
801
802 /* Get the section contents. */
803 if (contents == NULL)
804 {
805 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
806 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
807 else
808 {
809 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
810 goto error_return;
811 }
812 }
813
814 if (! sh_elf_align_loads (abfd, sec, internal_relocs, contents,
815 &swapped))
816 goto error_return;
817
818 if (swapped)
819 {
820 elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
821 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
822 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
823 }
824 }
825
826 if (isymbuf != NULL
827 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
828 {
829 if (! link_info->keep_memory)
830 free (isymbuf);
831 else
832 {
833 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
834 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
835 }
836 }
837
838 if (contents != NULL
839 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
840 {
841 if (! link_info->keep_memory)
842 free (contents);
843 else
844 {
845 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
846 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
847 }
848 }
849
850 if (internal_relocs != NULL
851 && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
852 free (internal_relocs);
853
854 return TRUE;
855
856 error_return:
857 if (isymbuf != NULL
858 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
859 free (isymbuf);
860 if (contents != NULL
861 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
862 free (contents);
863 if (internal_relocs != NULL
864 && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
865 free (internal_relocs);
866
867 return FALSE;
868 }
869
870 /* Delete some bytes from a section while relaxing. FIXME: There is a
871 lot of duplication between this function and sh_relax_delete_bytes
872 in coff-sh.c. */
873
874 static bfd_boolean
875 sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, bfd_vma addr,
876 int count)
877 {
878 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
879 unsigned int sec_shndx;
880 bfd_byte *contents;
881 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
882 Elf_Internal_Rela *irelalign;
883 bfd_vma toaddr;
884 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf, *isym, *isymend;
885 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
886 struct elf_link_hash_entry **end_hashes;
887 unsigned int symcount;
888 asection *o;
889
890 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
891 isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
892
893 sec_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
894
895 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
896
897 /* The deletion must stop at the next ALIGN reloc for an aligment
898 power larger than the number of bytes we are deleting. */
899
900 irelalign = NULL;
901 toaddr = sec->size;
902
903 irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs;
904 irelend = irel + sec->reloc_count;
905 for (; irel < irelend; irel++)
906 {
907 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_ALIGN
908 && irel->r_offset > addr
909 && count < (1 << irel->r_addend))
910 {
911 irelalign = irel;
912 toaddr = irel->r_offset;
913 break;
914 }
915 }
916
917 /* Actually delete the bytes. */
918 memmove (contents + addr, contents + addr + count,
919 (size_t) (toaddr - addr - count));
920 if (irelalign == NULL)
921 sec->size -= count;
922 else
923 {
924 int i;
925
926 #define NOP_OPCODE (0x0009)
927
928 BFD_ASSERT ((count & 1) == 0);
929 for (i = 0; i < count; i += 2)
930 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) NOP_OPCODE, contents + toaddr - count + i);
931 }
932
933 /* Adjust all the relocs. */
934 for (irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
935 {
936 bfd_vma nraddr, stop;
937 bfd_vma start = 0;
938 int insn = 0;
939 int off, adjust, oinsn;
940 bfd_signed_vma voff = 0;
941 bfd_boolean overflow;
942
943 /* Get the new reloc address. */
944 nraddr = irel->r_offset;
945 if ((irel->r_offset > addr
946 && irel->r_offset < toaddr)
947 || (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_ALIGN
948 && irel->r_offset == toaddr))
949 nraddr -= count;
950
951 /* See if this reloc was for the bytes we have deleted, in which
952 case we no longer care about it. Don't delete relocs which
953 represent addresses, though. */
954 if (irel->r_offset >= addr
955 && irel->r_offset < addr + count
956 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_ALIGN
957 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_CODE
958 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_DATA
959 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_LABEL)
960 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info),
961 (int) R_SH_NONE);
962
963 /* If this is a PC relative reloc, see if the range it covers
964 includes the bytes we have deleted. */
965 switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
966 {
967 default:
968 break;
969
970 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
971 case R_SH_IND12W:
972 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
973 case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
974 start = irel->r_offset;
975 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
976 break;
977 }
978
979 switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
980 {
981 default:
982 start = stop = addr;
983 break;
984
985 case R_SH_DIR32:
986 /* If this reloc is against a symbol defined in this
987 section, and the symbol will not be adjusted below, we
988 must check the addend to see it will put the value in
989 range to be adjusted, and hence must be changed. */
990 if (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
991 {
992 isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
993 if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
994 && (isym->st_value <= addr
995 || isym->st_value >= toaddr))
996 {
997 bfd_vma val;
998
999 if (get_howto_table (abfd)[R_SH_DIR32].partial_inplace)
1000 {
1001 val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1002 val += isym->st_value;
1003 if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
1004 bfd_put_32 (abfd, val - count, contents + nraddr);
1005 }
1006 else
1007 {
1008 val = isym->st_value + irel->r_addend;
1009 if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
1010 irel->r_addend -= count;
1011 }
1012 }
1013 }
1014 start = stop = addr;
1015 break;
1016
1017 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
1018 off = insn & 0xff;
1019 if (off & 0x80)
1020 off -= 0x100;
1021 stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + 4 + off * 2);
1022 break;
1023
1024 case R_SH_IND12W:
1025 off = insn & 0xfff;
1026 if (! off)
1027 {
1028 /* This has been made by previous relaxation. Since the
1029 relocation will be against an external symbol, the
1030 final relocation will just do the right thing. */
1031 start = stop = addr;
1032 }
1033 else
1034 {
1035 if (off & 0x800)
1036 off -= 0x1000;
1037 stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + 4 + off * 2);
1038
1039 /* The addend will be against the section symbol, thus
1040 for adjusting the addend, the relevant start is the
1041 start of the section.
1042 N.B. If we want to abandon in-place changes here and
1043 test directly using symbol + addend, we have to take into
1044 account that the addend has already been adjusted by -4. */
1045 if (stop > addr && stop < toaddr)
1046 irel->r_addend -= count;
1047 }
1048 break;
1049
1050 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
1051 off = insn & 0xff;
1052 stop = start + 4 + off * 2;
1053 break;
1054
1055 case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
1056 off = insn & 0xff;
1057 stop = (start & ~(bfd_vma) 3) + 4 + off * 4;
1058 break;
1059
1060 case R_SH_SWITCH8:
1061 case R_SH_SWITCH16:
1062 case R_SH_SWITCH32:
1063 /* These relocs types represent
1064 .word L2-L1
1065 The r_addend field holds the difference between the reloc
1066 address and L1. That is the start of the reloc, and
1067 adding in the contents gives us the top. We must adjust
1068 both the r_offset field and the section contents.
1069 N.B. in gas / coff bfd, the elf bfd r_addend is called r_offset,
1070 and the elf bfd r_offset is called r_vaddr. */
1071
1072 stop = irel->r_offset;
1073 start = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) stop - (long) irel->r_addend);
1074
1075 if (start > addr
1076 && start < toaddr
1077 && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
1078 irel->r_addend += count;
1079 else if (stop > addr
1080 && stop < toaddr
1081 && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
1082 irel->r_addend -= count;
1083
1084 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH16)
1085 voff = bfd_get_signed_16 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1086 else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH8)
1087 voff = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1088 else
1089 voff = bfd_get_signed_32 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1090 stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + voff);
1091
1092 break;
1093
1094 case R_SH_USES:
1095 start = irel->r_offset;
1096 stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start
1097 + (long) irel->r_addend
1098 + 4);
1099 break;
1100 }
1101
1102 if (start > addr
1103 && start < toaddr
1104 && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
1105 adjust = count;
1106 else if (stop > addr
1107 && stop < toaddr
1108 && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
1109 adjust = - count;
1110 else
1111 adjust = 0;
1112
1113 if (adjust != 0)
1114 {
1115 oinsn = insn;
1116 overflow = FALSE;
1117 switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
1118 {
1119 default:
1120 abort ();
1121 break;
1122
1123 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
1124 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
1125 insn += adjust / 2;
1126 if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1127 overflow = TRUE;
1128 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
1129 break;
1130
1131 case R_SH_IND12W:
1132 insn += adjust / 2;
1133 if ((oinsn & 0xf000) != (insn & 0xf000))
1134 overflow = TRUE;
1135 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
1136 break;
1137
1138 case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
1139 BFD_ASSERT (adjust == count || count >= 4);
1140 if (count >= 4)
1141 insn += adjust / 4;
1142 else
1143 {
1144 if ((irel->r_offset & 3) == 0)
1145 ++insn;
1146 }
1147 if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1148 overflow = TRUE;
1149 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
1150 break;
1151
1152 case R_SH_SWITCH8:
1153 voff += adjust;
1154 if (voff < 0 || voff >= 0xff)
1155 overflow = TRUE;
1156 bfd_put_8 (abfd, voff, contents + nraddr);
1157 break;
1158
1159 case R_SH_SWITCH16:
1160 voff += adjust;
1161 if (voff < - 0x8000 || voff >= 0x8000)
1162 overflow = TRUE;
1163 bfd_put_signed_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff, contents + nraddr);
1164 break;
1165
1166 case R_SH_SWITCH32:
1167 voff += adjust;
1168 bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff, contents + nraddr);
1169 break;
1170
1171 case R_SH_USES:
1172 irel->r_addend += adjust;
1173 break;
1174 }
1175
1176 if (overflow)
1177 {
1178 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
1179 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: reloc overflow while relaxing"),
1180 abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset));
1181 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
1182 return FALSE;
1183 }
1184 }
1185
1186 irel->r_offset = nraddr;
1187 }
1188
1189 /* Look through all the other sections. If there contain any IMM32
1190 relocs against internal symbols which we are not going to adjust
1191 below, we may need to adjust the addends. */
1192 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
1193 {
1194 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
1195 Elf_Internal_Rela *irelscan, *irelscanend;
1196 bfd_byte *ocontents;
1197
1198 if (o == sec
1199 || (o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
1200 || o->reloc_count == 0)
1201 continue;
1202
1203 /* We always cache the relocs. Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is
1204 FALSE, we should free them, if we are permitted to, when we
1205 leave sh_coff_relax_section. */
1206 internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
1207 (abfd, o, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, TRUE));
1208 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
1209 return FALSE;
1210
1211 ocontents = NULL;
1212 irelscanend = internal_relocs + o->reloc_count;
1213 for (irelscan = internal_relocs; irelscan < irelscanend; irelscan++)
1214 {
1215 /* Dwarf line numbers use R_SH_SWITCH32 relocs. */
1216 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH32)
1217 {
1218 bfd_vma start, stop;
1219 bfd_signed_vma voff;
1220
1221 if (ocontents == NULL)
1222 {
1223 if (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
1224 ocontents = elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents;
1225 else
1226 {
1227 /* We always cache the section contents.
1228 Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is FALSE, we
1229 should free them, if we are permitted to,
1230 when we leave sh_coff_relax_section. */
1231 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, o, &ocontents))
1232 {
1233 if (ocontents != NULL)
1234 free (ocontents);
1235 return FALSE;
1236 }
1237
1238 elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents = ocontents;
1239 }
1240 }
1241
1242 stop = irelscan->r_offset;
1243 start
1244 = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) stop - (long) irelscan->r_addend);
1245
1246 /* STOP is in a different section, so it won't change. */
1247 if (start > addr && start < toaddr)
1248 irelscan->r_addend += count;
1249
1250 voff = bfd_get_signed_32 (abfd, ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1251 stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + voff);
1252
1253 if (start > addr
1254 && start < toaddr
1255 && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
1256 bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff + count,
1257 ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1258 else if (stop > addr
1259 && stop < toaddr
1260 && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
1261 bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff - count,
1262 ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1263 }
1264
1265 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) != (int) R_SH_DIR32)
1266 continue;
1267
1268 if (ELF32_R_SYM (irelscan->r_info) >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
1269 continue;
1270
1271
1272 isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irelscan->r_info);
1273 if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
1274 && (isym->st_value <= addr
1275 || isym->st_value >= toaddr))
1276 {
1277 bfd_vma val;
1278
1279 if (ocontents == NULL)
1280 {
1281 if (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
1282 ocontents = elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents;
1283 else
1284 {
1285 /* We always cache the section contents.
1286 Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is FALSE, we
1287 should free them, if we are permitted to,
1288 when we leave sh_coff_relax_section. */
1289 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, o, &ocontents))
1290 {
1291 if (ocontents != NULL)
1292 free (ocontents);
1293 return FALSE;
1294 }
1295
1296 elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents = ocontents;
1297 }
1298 }
1299
1300 val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1301 val += isym->st_value;
1302 if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
1303 bfd_put_32 (abfd, val - count,
1304 ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1305 }
1306 }
1307 }
1308
1309 /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section. */
1310 isymend = isymbuf + symtab_hdr->sh_info;
1311 for (isym = isymbuf; isym < isymend; isym++)
1312 {
1313 if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
1314 && isym->st_value > addr
1315 && isym->st_value < toaddr)
1316 isym->st_value -= count;
1317 }
1318
1319 /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section. */
1320 symcount = (symtab_hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym)
1321 - symtab_hdr->sh_info);
1322 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
1323 end_hashes = sym_hashes + symcount;
1324 for (; sym_hashes < end_hashes; sym_hashes++)
1325 {
1326 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym_hash = *sym_hashes;
1327 if ((sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
1328 || sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
1329 && sym_hash->root.u.def.section == sec
1330 && sym_hash->root.u.def.value > addr
1331 && sym_hash->root.u.def.value < toaddr)
1332 {
1333 sym_hash->root.u.def.value -= count;
1334 }
1335 }
1336
1337 /* See if we can move the ALIGN reloc forward. We have adjusted
1338 r_offset for it already. */
1339 if (irelalign != NULL)
1340 {
1341 bfd_vma alignto, alignaddr;
1342
1343 alignto = BFD_ALIGN (toaddr, 1 << irelalign->r_addend);
1344 alignaddr = BFD_ALIGN (irelalign->r_offset,
1345 1 << irelalign->r_addend);
1346 if (alignto != alignaddr)
1347 {
1348 /* Tail recursion. */
1349 return sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, alignaddr,
1350 (int) (alignto - alignaddr));
1351 }
1352 }
1353
1354 return TRUE;
1355 }
1356
1357 /* Look for loads and stores which we can align to four byte
1358 boundaries. This is like sh_align_loads in coff-sh.c. */
1359
1360 static bfd_boolean
1361 sh_elf_align_loads (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *sec,
1362 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs,
1363 bfd_byte *contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1364 bfd_boolean *pswapped)
1365 {
1366 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
1367 bfd_vma *labels = NULL;
1368 bfd_vma *label, *label_end;
1369 bfd_size_type amt;
1370
1371 *pswapped = FALSE;
1372
1373 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
1374
1375 /* Get all the addresses with labels on them. */
1376 amt = sec->reloc_count;
1377 amt *= sizeof (bfd_vma);
1378 labels = (bfd_vma *) bfd_malloc (amt);
1379 if (labels == NULL)
1380 goto error_return;
1381 label_end = labels;
1382 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
1383 {
1384 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_LABEL)
1385 {
1386 *label_end = irel->r_offset;
1387 ++label_end;
1388 }
1389 }
1390
1391 /* Note that the assembler currently always outputs relocs in
1392 address order. If that ever changes, this code will need to sort
1393 the label values and the relocs. */
1394
1395 label = labels;
1396
1397 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
1398 {
1399 bfd_vma start, stop;
1400
1401 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_CODE)
1402 continue;
1403
1404 start = irel->r_offset;
1405
1406 for (irel++; irel < irelend; irel++)
1407 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_DATA)
1408 break;
1409 if (irel < irelend)
1410 stop = irel->r_offset;
1411 else
1412 stop = sec->size;
1413
1414 if (! _bfd_sh_align_load_span (abfd, sec, contents, sh_elf_swap_insns,
1415 internal_relocs, &label,
1416 label_end, start, stop, pswapped))
1417 goto error_return;
1418 }
1419
1420 free (labels);
1421
1422 return TRUE;
1423
1424 error_return:
1425 if (labels != NULL)
1426 free (labels);
1427 return FALSE;
1428 }
1429
1430 #ifndef SH64_ELF
1431 /* Swap two SH instructions. This is like sh_swap_insns in coff-sh.c. */
1432
1433 static bfd_boolean
1434 sh_elf_swap_insns (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *relocs,
1435 bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma addr)
1436 {
1437 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = (Elf_Internal_Rela *) relocs;
1438 unsigned short i1, i2;
1439 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
1440
1441 /* Swap the instructions themselves. */
1442 i1 = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + addr);
1443 i2 = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + addr + 2);
1444 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) i2, contents + addr);
1445 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) i1, contents + addr + 2);
1446
1447 /* Adjust all reloc addresses. */
1448 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
1449 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
1450 {
1451 enum elf_sh_reloc_type type;
1452 int add;
1453
1454 /* There are a few special types of relocs that we don't want to
1455 adjust. These relocs do not apply to the instruction itself,
1456 but are only associated with the address. */
1457 type = (enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info);
1458 if (type == R_SH_ALIGN
1459 || type == R_SH_CODE
1460 || type == R_SH_DATA
1461 || type == R_SH_LABEL)
1462 continue;
1463
1464 /* If an R_SH_USES reloc points to one of the addresses being
1465 swapped, we must adjust it. It would be incorrect to do this
1466 for a jump, though, since we want to execute both
1467 instructions after the jump. (We have avoided swapping
1468 around a label, so the jump will not wind up executing an
1469 instruction it shouldn't). */
1470 if (type == R_SH_USES)
1471 {
1472 bfd_vma off;
1473
1474 off = irel->r_offset + 4 + irel->r_addend;
1475 if (off == addr)
1476 irel->r_offset += 2;
1477 else if (off == addr + 2)
1478 irel->r_offset -= 2;
1479 }
1480
1481 if (irel->r_offset == addr)
1482 {
1483 irel->r_offset += 2;
1484 add = -2;
1485 }
1486 else if (irel->r_offset == addr + 2)
1487 {
1488 irel->r_offset -= 2;
1489 add = 2;
1490 }
1491 else
1492 add = 0;
1493
1494 if (add != 0)
1495 {
1496 bfd_byte *loc;
1497 unsigned short insn, oinsn;
1498 bfd_boolean overflow;
1499
1500 loc = contents + irel->r_offset;
1501 overflow = FALSE;
1502 switch (type)
1503 {
1504 default:
1505 break;
1506
1507 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
1508 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
1509 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
1510 oinsn = insn;
1511 insn += add / 2;
1512 if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1513 overflow = TRUE;
1514 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
1515 break;
1516
1517 case R_SH_IND12W:
1518 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
1519 oinsn = insn;
1520 insn += add / 2;
1521 if ((oinsn & 0xf000) != (insn & 0xf000))
1522 overflow = TRUE;
1523 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
1524 break;
1525
1526 case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
1527 /* This reloc ignores the least significant 3 bits of
1528 the program counter before adding in the offset.
1529 This means that if ADDR is at an even address, the
1530 swap will not affect the offset. If ADDR is an at an
1531 odd address, then the instruction will be crossing a
1532 four byte boundary, and must be adjusted. */
1533 if ((addr & 3) != 0)
1534 {
1535 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
1536 oinsn = insn;
1537 insn += add / 2;
1538 if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1539 overflow = TRUE;
1540 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
1541 }
1542
1543 break;
1544 }
1545
1546 if (overflow)
1547 {
1548 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
1549 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: reloc overflow while relaxing"),
1550 abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset));
1551 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
1552 return FALSE;
1553 }
1554 }
1555 }
1556
1557 return TRUE;
1558 }
1559 #endif /* defined SH64_ELF */
1560 \f
1561 /* Describes one of the various PLT styles. */
1562
1563 struct elf_sh_plt_info
1564 {
1565 /* The template for the first PLT entry, or NULL if there is no special
1566 first entry. */
1567 const bfd_byte *plt0_entry;
1568
1569 /* The size of PLT0_ENTRY in bytes, or 0 if PLT0_ENTRY is NULL. */
1570 bfd_vma plt0_entry_size;
1571
1572 /* Index I is the offset into PLT0_ENTRY of a pointer to
1573 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + I * 4. The value is MINUS_ONE
1574 if there is no such pointer. */
1575 bfd_vma plt0_got_fields[3];
1576
1577 /* The template for a symbol's PLT entry. */
1578 const bfd_byte *symbol_entry;
1579
1580 /* The size of SYMBOL_ENTRY in bytes. */
1581 bfd_vma symbol_entry_size;
1582
1583 /* Byte offsets of fields in SYMBOL_ENTRY. Not all fields are used
1584 on all targets. The comments by each member indicate the value
1585 that the field must hold. */
1586 struct {
1587 bfd_vma got_entry; /* the address of the symbol's .got.plt entry */
1588 bfd_vma plt; /* .plt (or a branch to .plt on VxWorks) */
1589 bfd_vma reloc_offset; /* the offset of the symbol's JMP_SLOT reloc */
1590 bfd_boolean got20; /* TRUE if got_entry points to a movi20
1591 instruction (instead of a constant pool
1592 entry). */
1593 } symbol_fields;
1594
1595 /* The offset of the resolver stub from the start of SYMBOL_ENTRY. */
1596 bfd_vma symbol_resolve_offset;
1597
1598 /* A different PLT layout which can be used for the first
1599 MAX_SHORT_PLT entries. It must share the same plt0. NULL in
1600 other cases. */
1601 const struct elf_sh_plt_info *short_plt;
1602 };
1603
1604 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
1605
1606 /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table. */
1607
1608 #define ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 64
1609
1610 /* First entry in an absolute procedure linkage table look like this. */
1611
1612 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1613 {
1614 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x10, /* movi .got.plt >> 16, r17 */
1615 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x10, /* shori .got.plt & 65535, r17 */
1616 0x89, 0x10, 0x09, 0x90, /* ld.l r17, 8, r25 */
1617 0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1618 0x89, 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, /* ld.l r17, 4, r17 */
1619 0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1620 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1621 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1622 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1623 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1624 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1625 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1626 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1627 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1628 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1629 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1630 };
1631
1632 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1633 {
1634 0x10, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi .got.plt >> 16, r17 */
1635 0x10, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori .got.plt & 65535, r17 */
1636 0x90, 0x09, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l r17, 8, r25 */
1637 0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1638 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l r17, 4, r17 */
1639 0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1640 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1641 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1642 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1643 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1644 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1645 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1646 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1647 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1648 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1649 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1650 };
1651
1652 /* Sebsequent entries in an absolute procedure linkage table look like
1653 this. */
1654
1655 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1656 {
1657 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* movi nameN-in-GOT >> 16, r25 */
1658 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* shori nameN-in-GOT & 65535, r25 */
1659 0x89, 0x90, 0x01, 0x90, /* ld.l r25, 0, r25 */
1660 0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1661 0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1662 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1663 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1664 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1665 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* movi .PLT0 >> 16, r25 */
1666 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* shori .PLT0 & 65535, r25 */
1667 0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1668 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* movi reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
1669 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
1670 0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1671 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1672 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1673 };
1674
1675 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1676 {
1677 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi nameN-in-GOT >> 16, r25 */
1678 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori nameN-in-GOT & 65535, r25 */
1679 0x90, 0x01, 0x90, 0x89, /* ld.l r25, 0, r25 */
1680 0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1681 0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1682 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1683 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1684 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1685 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi .PLT0 >> 16, r25 */
1686 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori .PLT0 & 65535, r25 */
1687 0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1688 0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
1689 0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
1690 0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1691 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1692 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1693 };
1694
1695 /* Entries in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this. */
1696
1697 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1698 {
1699 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* movi nameN@GOT >> 16, r25 */
1700 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* shori nameN@GOT & 65535, r25 */
1701 0x40, 0xc2, 0x65, 0x90, /* ldx.l r12, r25, r25 */
1702 0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1703 0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1704 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1705 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1706 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1707 0xce, 0x00, 0x01, 0x10, /* movi -GOT_BIAS, r17 */
1708 0x00, 0xc8, 0x45, 0x10, /* add.l r12, r17, r17 */
1709 0x89, 0x10, 0x09, 0x90, /* ld.l r17, 8, r25 */
1710 0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1711 0x89, 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, /* ld.l r17, 4, r17 */
1712 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* movi reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
1713 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
1714 0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1715 };
1716
1717 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1718 {
1719 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi nameN@GOT >> 16, r25 */
1720 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori nameN@GOT & 65535, r25 */
1721 0x90, 0x65, 0xc2, 0x40, /* ldx.l r12, r25, r25 */
1722 0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1723 0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1724 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1725 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1726 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1727 0x10, 0x01, 0x00, 0xce, /* movi -GOT_BIAS, r17 */
1728 0x10, 0x45, 0xc8, 0x00, /* add.l r12, r17, r17 */
1729 0x90, 0x09, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l r17, 8, r25 */
1730 0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1731 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l r17, 4, r17 */
1732 0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
1733 0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
1734 0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1735 };
1736
1737 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info elf_sh_plts[2][2] = {
1738 {
1739 {
1740 /* Big-endian non-PIC. */
1741 elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1742 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1743 { 0, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1744 elf_sh_plt_entry_be,
1745 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1746 { 0, 32, 48, FALSE },
1747 33, /* includes ISA encoding */
1748 NULL
1749 },
1750 {
1751 /* Little-endian non-PIC. */
1752 elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1753 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1754 { 0, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1755 elf_sh_plt_entry_le,
1756 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1757 { 0, 32, 48, FALSE },
1758 33, /* includes ISA encoding */
1759 NULL
1760 },
1761 },
1762 {
1763 {
1764 /* Big-endian PIC. */
1765 elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1766 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1767 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1768 elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be,
1769 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1770 { 0, MINUS_ONE, 52, FALSE },
1771 33, /* includes ISA encoding */
1772 NULL
1773 },
1774 {
1775 /* Little-endian PIC. */
1776 elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1777 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1778 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1779 elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le,
1780 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1781 { 0, MINUS_ONE, 52, FALSE },
1782 33, /* includes ISA encoding */
1783 NULL
1784 },
1785 }
1786 };
1787
1788 /* Return offset of the linker in PLT0 entry. */
1789 #define elf_sh_plt0_gotplt_offset(info) 0
1790
1791 /* Install a 32-bit PLT field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD.
1792 VALUE is the field's value and CODE_P is true if VALUE refers to code,
1793 not data.
1794
1795 On SH64, each 32-bit field is loaded by a movi/shori pair. */
1796
1797 inline static void
1798 install_plt_field (bfd *output_bfd, bfd_boolean code_p,
1799 unsigned long value, bfd_byte *addr)
1800 {
1801 value |= code_p;
1802 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
1803 bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, addr)
1804 | ((value >> 6) & 0x3fffc00),
1805 addr);
1806 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
1807 bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, addr + 4)
1808 | ((value << 10) & 0x3fffc00),
1809 addr + 4);
1810 }
1811
1812 /* Return the type of PLT associated with ABFD. PIC_P is true if
1813 the object is position-independent. */
1814
1815 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info *
1816 get_plt_info (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, bfd_boolean pic_p)
1817 {
1818 return &elf_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
1819 }
1820 #else
1821 /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table. */
1822
1823 #define ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 28
1824
1825 /* First entry in an absolute procedure linkage table look like this. */
1826
1827 /* Note - this code has been "optimised" not to use r2. r2 is used by
1828 GCC to return the address of large structures, so it should not be
1829 corrupted here. This does mean however, that this PLT does not conform
1830 to the SH PIC ABI. That spec says that r0 contains the type of the PLT
1831 and r2 contains the GOT id. This version stores the GOT id in r0 and
1832 ignores the type. Loaders can easily detect this difference however,
1833 since the type will always be 0 or 8, and the GOT ids will always be
1834 greater than or equal to 12. */
1835 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1836 {
1837 0xd0, 0x05, /* mov.l 2f,r0 */
1838 0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1839 0x2f, 0x06, /* mov.l r0,@-r15 */
1840 0xd0, 0x03, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1841 0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1842 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1843 0x60, 0xf6, /* mov.l @r15+,r0 */
1844 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1845 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1846 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1847 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of .got.plt + 8. */
1848 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with address of .got.plt + 4. */
1849 };
1850
1851 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1852 {
1853 0x05, 0xd0, /* mov.l 2f,r0 */
1854 0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1855 0x06, 0x2f, /* mov.l r0,@-r15 */
1856 0x03, 0xd0, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1857 0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1858 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1859 0xf6, 0x60, /* mov.l @r15+,r0 */
1860 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1861 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1862 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1863 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of .got.plt + 8. */
1864 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with address of .got.plt + 4. */
1865 };
1866
1867 /* Sebsequent entries in an absolute procedure linkage table look like
1868 this. */
1869
1870 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1871 {
1872 0xd0, 0x04, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1873 0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
1874 0xd1, 0x02, /* mov.l 0f,r1 */
1875 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1876 0x60, 0x13, /* mov r1,r0 */
1877 0xd1, 0x03, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1878 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1879 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1880 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of .PLT0. */
1881 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
1882 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
1883 };
1884
1885 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1886 {
1887 0x04, 0xd0, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1888 0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1889 0x02, 0xd1, /* mov.l 0f,r1 */
1890 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1891 0x13, 0x60, /* mov r1,r0 */
1892 0x03, 0xd1, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1893 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1894 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1895 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of .PLT0. */
1896 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
1897 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
1898 };
1899
1900 /* Entries in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this. */
1901
1902 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1903 {
1904 0xd0, 0x04, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1905 0x00, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
1906 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1907 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1908 0x50, 0xc2, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r0 */
1909 0xd1, 0x03, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1910 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1911 0x50, 0xc1, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r0 */
1912 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1913 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1914 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
1915 0, 0, 0, 0 /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
1916 };
1917
1918 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1919 {
1920 0x04, 0xd0, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1921 0xce, 0x00, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
1922 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1923 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1924 0xc2, 0x50, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r0 */
1925 0x03, 0xd1, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1926 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1927 0xc1, 0x50, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r0 */
1928 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1929 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1930 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
1931 0, 0, 0, 0 /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
1932 };
1933
1934 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info elf_sh_plts[2][2] = {
1935 {
1936 {
1937 /* Big-endian non-PIC. */
1938 elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1939 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1940 { MINUS_ONE, 24, 20 },
1941 elf_sh_plt_entry_be,
1942 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1943 { 20, 16, 24, FALSE },
1944 8,
1945 NULL
1946 },
1947 {
1948 /* Little-endian non-PIC. */
1949 elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1950 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1951 { MINUS_ONE, 24, 20 },
1952 elf_sh_plt_entry_le,
1953 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1954 { 20, 16, 24, FALSE },
1955 8,
1956 NULL
1957 },
1958 },
1959 {
1960 {
1961 /* Big-endian PIC. */
1962 elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1963 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1964 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1965 elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be,
1966 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1967 { 20, MINUS_ONE, 24, FALSE },
1968 8,
1969 NULL
1970 },
1971 {
1972 /* Little-endian PIC. */
1973 elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1974 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1975 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1976 elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le,
1977 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1978 { 20, MINUS_ONE, 24, FALSE },
1979 8,
1980 NULL
1981 },
1982 }
1983 };
1984
1985 #define VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE 12
1986 #define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
1987
1988 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE] =
1989 {
1990 0xd1, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r1 */
1991 0x61, 0x12, /* mov.l @r1,r1 */
1992 0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */
1993 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1994 0, 0, 0, 0 /* 0: replaced with _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE+8. */
1995 };
1996
1997 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE] =
1998 {
1999 0x01, 0xd1, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r1 */
2000 0x12, 0x61, /* mov.l @r1,r1 */
2001 0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */
2002 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2003 0, 0, 0, 0 /* 0: replaced with _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE+8. */
2004 };
2005
2006 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2007 {
2008 0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2009 0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
2010 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
2011 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2012 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
2013 0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2014 0xa0, 0x00, /* bra PLT (We need to fix the offset.) */
2015 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2016 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2017 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2018 };
2019
2020 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2021 {
2022 0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2023 0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
2024 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
2025 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2026 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
2027 0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2028 0x00, 0xa0, /* bra PLT (We need to fix the offset.) */
2029 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2030 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2031 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2032 };
2033
2034 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2035 {
2036 0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2037 0x00, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
2038 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
2039 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2040 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol in .got. */
2041 0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2042 0x51, 0xc2, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r1 */
2043 0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */
2044 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2045 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2046 };
2047
2048 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2049 {
2050 0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2051 0xce, 0x00, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
2052 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
2053 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2054 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol in .got. */
2055 0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2056 0xc2, 0x51, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r1 */
2057 0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */
2058 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2059 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2060 };
2061
2062 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info vxworks_sh_plts[2][2] = {
2063 {
2064 {
2065 /* Big-endian non-PIC. */
2066 vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_be,
2067 VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE,
2068 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, 8 },
2069 vxworks_sh_plt_entry_be,
2070 VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2071 { 8, 14, 20, FALSE },
2072 12,
2073 NULL
2074 },
2075 {
2076 /* Little-endian non-PIC. */
2077 vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_le,
2078 VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE,
2079 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, 8 },
2080 vxworks_sh_plt_entry_le,
2081 VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2082 { 8, 14, 20, FALSE },
2083 12,
2084 NULL
2085 },
2086 },
2087 {
2088 {
2089 /* Big-endian PIC. */
2090 NULL,
2091 0,
2092 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2093 vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_be,
2094 VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2095 { 8, MINUS_ONE, 20, FALSE },
2096 12,
2097 NULL
2098 },
2099 {
2100 /* Little-endian PIC. */
2101 NULL,
2102 0,
2103 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2104 vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_le,
2105 VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2106 { 8, MINUS_ONE, 20, FALSE },
2107 12,
2108 NULL
2109 },
2110 }
2111 };
2112
2113 /* FDPIC PLT entries. Two unimplemented optimizations for lazy
2114 binding are to omit the lazy binding stub when linking with -z now
2115 and to move lazy binding stubs into a separate region for better
2116 cache behavior. */
2117
2118 #define FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 28
2119 #define FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET 20
2120
2121 /* FIXME: The lazy binding stub requires a plt0 - which may need to be
2122 duplicated if it is out of range, or which can be inlined. So
2123 right now it is always inlined, which wastes a word per stub. It
2124 might be easier to handle the duplication if we put the lazy
2125 stubs separately. */
2126
2127 static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be[FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2128 {
2129 0xd0, 0x02, /* mov.l @(12,pc),r0 */
2130 0x01, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
2131 0x70, 0x04, /* add #4, r0 */
2132 0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */
2133 0x0c, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
2134 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2135 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol's funcdesc */
2136 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2137 0x60, 0xc2, /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
2138 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
2139 0x53, 0xc1, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
2140 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2141 };
2142
2143 static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le[FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2144 {
2145 0x02, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(12,pc),r0 */
2146 0xce, 0x01, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
2147 0x04, 0x70, /* add #4, r0 */
2148 0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */
2149 0xce, 0x0c, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
2150 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2151 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol's funcdesc */
2152 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2153 0xc2, 0x60, /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
2154 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
2155 0xc1, 0x53, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
2156 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2157 };
2158
2159 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh_plts[2] = {
2160 {
2161 /* Big-endian PIC. */
2162 NULL,
2163 0,
2164 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2165 fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be,
2166 FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2167 { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
2168 FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2169 NULL
2170 },
2171 {
2172 /* Little-endian PIC. */
2173 NULL,
2174 0,
2175 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2176 fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le,
2177 FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2178 { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
2179 FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2180 NULL
2181 },
2182 };
2183
2184 /* On SH2A, we can use the movi20 instruction to generate shorter PLT
2185 entries for the first 64K slots. We use the normal FDPIC PLT entry
2186 past that point; we could also use movi20s, which might be faster,
2187 but would not be any smaller. */
2188
2189 #define FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
2190 #define FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET 16
2191
2192 static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_be[FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2193 {
2194 0, 0, 0, 0, /* movi20 #gotofffuncdesc,r0 */
2195 0x01, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
2196 0x70, 0x04, /* add #4, r0 */
2197 0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */
2198 0x0c, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
2199 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2200 0x60, 0xc2, /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
2201 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
2202 0x53, 0xc1, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
2203 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2204 };
2205
2206 static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_le[FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2207 {
2208 0, 0, 0, 0, /* movi20 #gotofffuncdesc,r0 */
2209 0xce, 0x01, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
2210 0x04, 0x70, /* add #4, r0 */
2211 0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */
2212 0xce, 0x0c, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
2213 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2214 0xc2, 0x60, /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
2215 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
2216 0xc1, 0x53, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
2217 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2218 };
2219
2220 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_be = {
2221 /* Big-endian FDPIC, max index 64K. */
2222 NULL,
2223 0,
2224 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2225 fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_be,
2226 FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2227 { 0, MINUS_ONE, 12, TRUE },
2228 FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2229 NULL
2230 };
2231
2232 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_le = {
2233 /* Little-endian FDPIC, max index 64K. */
2234 NULL,
2235 0,
2236 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2237 fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_le,
2238 FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2239 { 0, MINUS_ONE, 12, TRUE },
2240 FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2241 NULL
2242 };
2243
2244 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_plts[2] = {
2245 {
2246 /* Big-endian PIC. */
2247 NULL,
2248 0,
2249 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2250 fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be,
2251 FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2252 { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
2253 FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2254 &fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_be
2255 },
2256 {
2257 /* Little-endian PIC. */
2258 NULL,
2259 0,
2260 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2261 fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le,
2262 FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2263 { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
2264 FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2265 &fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_le
2266 },
2267 };
2268
2269 /* Return the type of PLT associated with ABFD. PIC_P is true if
2270 the object is position-independent. */
2271
2272 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info *
2273 get_plt_info (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean pic_p)
2274 {
2275 if (fdpic_object_p (abfd))
2276 {
2277 /* If any input file requires SH2A we can use a shorter PLT
2278 sequence. */
2279 if (sh_get_arch_from_bfd_mach (bfd_get_mach (abfd)) & arch_sh2a_base)
2280 return &fdpic_sh2a_plts[!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2281 else
2282 return &fdpic_sh_plts[!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2283 }
2284 if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
2285 return &vxworks_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2286 return &elf_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2287 }
2288
2289 /* Install a 32-bit PLT field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD.
2290 VALUE is the field's value and CODE_P is true if VALUE refers to code,
2291 not data. */
2292
2293 inline static void
2294 install_plt_field (bfd *output_bfd, bfd_boolean code_p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2295 unsigned long value, bfd_byte *addr)
2296 {
2297 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, value, addr);
2298 }
2299 #endif
2300
2301 /* The number of PLT entries which can use a shorter PLT, if any.
2302 Currently always 64K, since only SH-2A FDPIC uses this; a
2303 20-bit movi20 can address that many function descriptors below
2304 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
2305 #define MAX_SHORT_PLT 65536
2306
2307 /* Return the index of the PLT entry at byte offset OFFSET. */
2308
2309 static bfd_vma
2310 get_plt_index (const struct elf_sh_plt_info *info, bfd_vma offset)
2311 {
2312 bfd_vma plt_index = 0;
2313
2314 offset -= info->plt0_entry_size;
2315 if (info->short_plt != NULL)
2316 {
2317 if (offset > MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size)
2318 {
2319 plt_index = MAX_SHORT_PLT;
2320 offset -= MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size;
2321 }
2322 else
2323 info = info->short_plt;
2324 }
2325 return plt_index + offset / info->symbol_entry_size;
2326 }
2327
2328 /* Do the inverse operation. */
2329
2330 static bfd_vma
2331 get_plt_offset (const struct elf_sh_plt_info *info, bfd_vma plt_index)
2332 {
2333 bfd_vma offset = 0;
2334
2335 if (info->short_plt != NULL)
2336 {
2337 if (plt_index > MAX_SHORT_PLT)
2338 {
2339 offset = MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size;
2340 plt_index -= MAX_SHORT_PLT;
2341 }
2342 else
2343 info = info->short_plt;
2344 }
2345 return (offset + info->plt0_entry_size
2346 + (plt_index * info->symbol_entry_size));
2347 }
2348
2349 /* The sh linker needs to keep track of the number of relocs that it
2350 decides to copy as dynamic relocs in check_relocs for each symbol.
2351 This is so that it can later discard them if they are found to be
2352 unnecessary. We store the information in a field extending the
2353 regular ELF linker hash table. */
2354
2355 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs
2356 {
2357 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *next;
2358
2359 /* The input section of the reloc. */
2360 asection *sec;
2361
2362 /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */
2363 bfd_size_type count;
2364
2365 /* Number of pc-relative relocs copied for the input section. */
2366 bfd_size_type pc_count;
2367 };
2368
2369 union gotref
2370 {
2371 bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2372 bfd_vma offset;
2373 };
2374
2375 /* sh ELF linker hash entry. */
2376
2377 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry
2378 {
2379 struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
2380
2381 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
2382 union
2383 {
2384 bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2385 bfd_vma offset;
2386 } datalabel_got;
2387 #endif
2388
2389 /* Track dynamic relocs copied for this symbol. */
2390 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *dyn_relocs;
2391
2392 bfd_signed_vma gotplt_refcount;
2393
2394 /* A local function descriptor, for FDPIC. The refcount counts
2395 R_SH_FUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC, and R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20
2396 relocations; the PLT and GOT entry are accounted
2397 for separately. After adjust_dynamic_symbol, the offset is
2398 MINUS_ONE if there is no local descriptor (dynamic linker
2399 managed and no PLT entry, or undefined weak non-dynamic).
2400 During check_relocs we do not yet know whether the local
2401 descriptor will be canonical. */
2402 union gotref funcdesc;
2403
2404 /* How many of the above refcounted relocations were R_SH_FUNCDESC,
2405 and thus require fixups or relocations. */
2406 bfd_signed_vma abs_funcdesc_refcount;
2407
2408 enum {
2409 GOT_UNKNOWN = 0, GOT_NORMAL, GOT_TLS_GD, GOT_TLS_IE, GOT_FUNCDESC
2410 } got_type;
2411 };
2412
2413 #define sh_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)(ent))
2414
2415 struct sh_elf_obj_tdata
2416 {
2417 struct elf_obj_tdata root;
2418
2419 /* got_type for each local got entry. */
2420 char *local_got_type;
2421
2422 /* Function descriptor refcount and offset for each local symbol. */
2423 union gotref *local_funcdesc;
2424 };
2425
2426 #define sh_elf_tdata(abfd) \
2427 ((struct sh_elf_obj_tdata *) (abfd)->tdata.any)
2428
2429 #define sh_elf_local_got_type(abfd) \
2430 (sh_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_got_type)
2431
2432 #define sh_elf_local_funcdesc(abfd) \
2433 (sh_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_funcdesc)
2434
2435 #define is_sh_elf(bfd) \
2436 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
2437 && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
2438 && elf_object_id (bfd) == SH_ELF_DATA)
2439
2440 /* Override the generic function because we need to store sh_elf_obj_tdata
2441 as the specific tdata. */
2442
2443 static bfd_boolean
2444 sh_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
2445 {
2446 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct sh_elf_obj_tdata),
2447 SH_ELF_DATA);
2448 }
2449
2450 /* sh ELF linker hash table. */
2451
2452 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table
2453 {
2454 struct elf_link_hash_table root;
2455
2456 /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */
2457 asection *sgot;
2458 asection *sgotplt;
2459 asection *srelgot;
2460 asection *splt;
2461 asection *srelplt;
2462 asection *sdynbss;
2463 asection *srelbss;
2464 asection *sfuncdesc;
2465 asection *srelfuncdesc;
2466 asection *srofixup;
2467
2468 /* The (unloaded but important) VxWorks .rela.plt.unloaded section. */
2469 asection *srelplt2;
2470
2471 /* Small local sym cache. */
2472 struct sym_cache sym_cache;
2473
2474 /* A counter or offset to track a TLS got entry. */
2475 union
2476 {
2477 bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2478 bfd_vma offset;
2479 } tls_ldm_got;
2480
2481 /* The type of PLT to use. */
2482 const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
2483
2484 /* True if the target system is VxWorks. */
2485 bfd_boolean vxworks_p;
2486
2487 /* True if the target system uses FDPIC. */
2488 bfd_boolean fdpic_p;
2489 };
2490
2491 /* Traverse an sh ELF linker hash table. */
2492
2493 #define sh_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
2494 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
2495 (&(table)->root, \
2496 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
2497 (info)))
2498
2499 /* Get the sh ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
2500
2501 #define sh_elf_hash_table(p) \
2502 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
2503 == SH_ELF_DATA ? ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
2504
2505 /* Create an entry in an sh ELF linker hash table. */
2506
2507 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
2508 sh_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
2509 struct bfd_hash_table *table,
2510 const char *string)
2511 {
2512 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *ret =
2513 (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) entry;
2514
2515 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
2516 subclass. */
2517 if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
2518 ret = ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)
2519 bfd_hash_allocate (table,
2520 sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry)));
2521 if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
2522 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
2523
2524 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
2525 ret = ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)
2526 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret,
2527 table, string));
2528 if (ret != (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
2529 {
2530 ret->dyn_relocs = NULL;
2531 ret->gotplt_refcount = 0;
2532 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
2533 ret->datalabel_got.refcount = ret->root.got.refcount;
2534 #endif
2535 ret->funcdesc.refcount = 0;
2536 ret->abs_funcdesc_refcount = 0;
2537 ret->got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
2538 }
2539
2540 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
2541 }
2542
2543 /* Create an sh ELF linker hash table. */
2544
2545 static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
2546 sh_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
2547 {
2548 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *ret;
2549 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table);
2550
2551 ret = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) bfd_malloc (amt);
2552 if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) NULL)
2553 return NULL;
2554
2555 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
2556 sh_elf_link_hash_newfunc,
2557 sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry),
2558 SH_ELF_DATA))
2559 {
2560 free (ret);
2561 return NULL;
2562 }
2563
2564 ret->sgot = NULL;
2565 ret->sgotplt = NULL;
2566 ret->srelgot = NULL;
2567 ret->splt = NULL;
2568 ret->srelplt = NULL;
2569 ret->sdynbss = NULL;
2570 ret->srelbss = NULL;
2571 ret->srelplt2 = NULL;
2572 ret->sym_cache.abfd = NULL;
2573 ret->tls_ldm_got.refcount = 0;
2574 ret->plt_info = NULL;
2575 ret->vxworks_p = vxworks_object_p (abfd);
2576 ret->fdpic_p = fdpic_object_p (abfd);
2577
2578 return &ret->root.root;
2579 }
2580
2581 static bfd_boolean
2582 sh_elf_omit_section_dynsym (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2583 struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *p)
2584 {
2585 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2586
2587 /* Non-FDPIC binaries do not need dynamic symbols for sections. */
2588 if (!htab->fdpic_p)
2589 return TRUE;
2590
2591 /* We need dynamic symbols for every section, since segments can
2592 relocate independently. */
2593 switch (elf_section_data (p)->this_hdr.sh_type)
2594 {
2595 case SHT_PROGBITS:
2596 case SHT_NOBITS:
2597 /* If sh_type is yet undecided, assume it could be
2598 SHT_PROGBITS/SHT_NOBITS. */
2599 case SHT_NULL:
2600 return FALSE;
2601
2602 /* There shouldn't be section relative relocations
2603 against any other section. */
2604 default:
2605 return TRUE;
2606 }
2607 }
2608
2609 /* Create .got, .gotplt, and .rela.got sections in DYNOBJ, and set up
2610 shortcuts to them in our hash table. */
2611
2612 static bfd_boolean
2613 create_got_section (bfd *dynobj, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2614 {
2615 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2616
2617 if (! _bfd_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info))
2618 return FALSE;
2619
2620 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2621 if (htab == NULL)
2622 return FALSE;
2623
2624 htab->sgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got");
2625 htab->sgotplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got.plt");
2626 htab->srelgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rela.got");
2627 if (! htab->sgot || ! htab->sgotplt || ! htab->srelgot)
2628 abort ();
2629
2630 htab->sfuncdesc = bfd_make_section_with_flags (dynobj, ".got.funcdesc",
2631 (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2632 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2633 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2634 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED));
2635 if (htab->sfuncdesc == NULL
2636 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->sfuncdesc, 2))
2637 return FALSE;
2638
2639 htab->srelfuncdesc = bfd_make_section_with_flags (dynobj,
2640 ".rela.got.funcdesc",
2641 (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2642 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2643 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2644 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2645 | SEC_READONLY));
2646 if (htab->srelfuncdesc == NULL
2647 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->srelfuncdesc, 2))
2648 return FALSE;
2649
2650 /* Also create .rofixup. */
2651 htab->srofixup = bfd_make_section_with_flags (dynobj, ".rofixup",
2652 (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2653 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2654 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2655 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2656 | SEC_READONLY));
2657 if (htab->srofixup == NULL
2658 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->srofixup, 2))
2659 return FALSE;
2660
2661 return TRUE;
2662 }
2663
2664 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
2665
2666 static bfd_boolean
2667 sh_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2668 {
2669 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2670 flagword flags, pltflags;
2671 asection *s;
2672 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2673 int ptralign = 0;
2674
2675 switch (bed->s->arch_size)
2676 {
2677 case 32:
2678 ptralign = 2;
2679 break;
2680
2681 case 64:
2682 ptralign = 3;
2683 break;
2684
2685 default:
2686 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2687 return FALSE;
2688 }
2689
2690 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2691 if (htab == NULL)
2692 return FALSE;
2693
2694 if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
2695 return TRUE;
2696
2697 /* We need to create .plt, .rel[a].plt, .got, .got.plt, .dynbss, and
2698 .rel[a].bss sections. */
2699
2700 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2701 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2702
2703 pltflags = flags;
2704 pltflags |= SEC_CODE;
2705 if (bed->plt_not_loaded)
2706 pltflags &= ~ (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
2707 if (bed->plt_readonly)
2708 pltflags |= SEC_READONLY;
2709
2710 s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".plt", pltflags);
2711 htab->splt = s;
2712 if (s == NULL
2713 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, bed->plt_alignment))
2714 return FALSE;
2715
2716 if (bed->want_plt_sym)
2717 {
2718 /* Define the symbol _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ at the start of the
2719 .plt section. */
2720 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
2721 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh = NULL;
2722
2723 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
2724 (info, abfd, "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s,
2725 (bfd_vma) 0, (const char *) NULL, FALSE,
2726 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
2727 return FALSE;
2728
2729 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
2730 h->def_regular = 1;
2731 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
2732 htab->root.hplt = h;
2733
2734 if (info->shared
2735 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
2736 return FALSE;
2737 }
2738
2739 s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd,
2740 bed->default_use_rela_p ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt",
2741 flags | SEC_READONLY);
2742 htab->srelplt = s;
2743 if (s == NULL
2744 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, ptralign))
2745 return FALSE;
2746
2747 if (htab->sgot == NULL
2748 && !create_got_section (abfd, info))
2749 return FALSE;
2750
2751 {
2752 const char *secname;
2753 char *relname;
2754 flagword secflags;
2755 asection *sec;
2756
2757 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
2758 {
2759 secflags = bfd_get_section_flags (abfd, sec);
2760 if ((secflags & (SEC_DATA | SEC_LINKER_CREATED))
2761 || ((secflags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != SEC_HAS_CONTENTS))
2762 continue;
2763 secname = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
2764 relname = (char *) bfd_malloc ((bfd_size_type) strlen (secname) + 6);
2765 strcpy (relname, ".rela");
2766 strcat (relname, secname);
2767 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, secname))
2768 continue;
2769 s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, relname,
2770 flags | SEC_READONLY);
2771 if (s == NULL
2772 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, ptralign))
2773 return FALSE;
2774 }
2775 }
2776
2777 if (bed->want_dynbss)
2778 {
2779 /* The .dynbss section is a place to put symbols which are defined
2780 by dynamic objects, are referenced by regular objects, and are
2781 not functions. We must allocate space for them in the process
2782 image and use a R_*_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
2783 initialize them at run time. The linker script puts the .dynbss
2784 section into the .bss section of the final image. */
2785 s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".dynbss",
2786 SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2787 htab->sdynbss = s;
2788 if (s == NULL)
2789 return FALSE;
2790
2791 /* The .rel[a].bss section holds copy relocs. This section is not
2792 normally needed. We need to create it here, though, so that the
2793 linker will map it to an output section. We can't just create it
2794 only if we need it, because we will not know whether we need it
2795 until we have seen all the input files, and the first time the
2796 main linker code calls BFD after examining all the input files
2797 (size_dynamic_sections) the input sections have already been
2798 mapped to the output sections. If the section turns out not to
2799 be needed, we can discard it later. We will never need this
2800 section when generating a shared object, since they do not use
2801 copy relocs. */
2802 if (! info->shared)
2803 {
2804 s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd,
2805 (bed->default_use_rela_p
2806 ? ".rela.bss" : ".rel.bss"),
2807 flags | SEC_READONLY);
2808 htab->srelbss = s;
2809 if (s == NULL
2810 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, ptralign))
2811 return FALSE;
2812 }
2813 }
2814
2815 if (htab->vxworks_p)
2816 {
2817 if (!elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2))
2818 return FALSE;
2819 }
2820
2821 return TRUE;
2822 }
2823 \f
2824 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
2825 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
2826 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
2827 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
2828 understand. */
2829
2830 static bfd_boolean
2831 sh_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
2832 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
2833 {
2834 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2835 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
2836 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
2837 asection *s;
2838
2839 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2840 if (htab == NULL)
2841 return FALSE;
2842
2843 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
2844 BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.dynobj != NULL
2845 && (h->needs_plt
2846 || h->u.weakdef != NULL
2847 || (h->def_dynamic
2848 && h->ref_regular
2849 && !h->def_regular)));
2850
2851 /* If this is a function, put it in the procedure linkage table. We
2852 will fill in the contents of the procedure linkage table later,
2853 when we know the address of the .got section. */
2854 if (h->type == STT_FUNC
2855 || h->needs_plt)
2856 {
2857 if (h->plt.refcount <= 0
2858 || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
2859 || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
2860 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
2861 {
2862 /* This case can occur if we saw a PLT reloc in an input
2863 file, but the symbol was never referred to by a dynamic
2864 object. In such a case, we don't actually need to build
2865 a procedure linkage table, and we can just do a REL32
2866 reloc instead. */
2867 h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
2868 h->needs_plt = 0;
2869 }
2870
2871 return TRUE;
2872 }
2873 else
2874 h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
2875
2876 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
2877 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
2878 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
2879 if (h->u.weakdef != NULL)
2880 {
2881 BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
2882 || h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
2883 h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section;
2884 h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value;
2885 if (info->nocopyreloc)
2886 h->non_got_ref = h->u.weakdef->non_got_ref;
2887 return TRUE;
2888 }
2889
2890 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
2891 is not a function. */
2892
2893 /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
2894 only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
2895 For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
2896 be handled correctly by relocate_section. */
2897 if (info->shared)
2898 return TRUE;
2899
2900 /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
2901 GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */
2902 if (!h->non_got_ref)
2903 return TRUE;
2904
2905 /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either. */
2906 if (info->nocopyreloc)
2907 {
2908 h->non_got_ref = 0;
2909 return TRUE;
2910 }
2911
2912 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
2913 for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
2914 {
2915 s = p->sec->output_section;
2916 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & (SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) != 0)
2917 break;
2918 }
2919
2920 /* If we didn't find any dynamic relocs in sections which needs the
2921 copy reloc, then we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding
2922 the copy reloc. */
2923 if (p == NULL)
2924 {
2925 h->non_got_ref = 0;
2926 return TRUE;
2927 }
2928
2929 if (h->size == 0)
2930 {
2931 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("dynamic variable `%s' is zero size"),
2932 h->root.root.string);
2933 return TRUE;
2934 }
2935
2936 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
2937 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
2938 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
2939 object will contain position independent code, so all references
2940 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
2941 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
2942 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
2943 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
2944 same memory location for the variable. */
2945
2946 s = htab->sdynbss;
2947 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
2948
2949 /* We must generate a R_SH_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
2950 copy the initial value out of the dynamic object and into the
2951 runtime process image. We need to remember the offset into the
2952 .rela.bss section we are going to use. */
2953 if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
2954 {
2955 asection *srel;
2956
2957 srel = htab->srelbss;
2958 BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL);
2959 srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
2960 h->needs_copy = 1;
2961 }
2962
2963 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (h, s);
2964 }
2965
2966 /* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for
2967 dynamic relocs. */
2968
2969 static bfd_boolean
2970 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
2971 {
2972 struct bfd_link_info *info;
2973 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2974 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
2975 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
2976
2977 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
2978 return TRUE;
2979
2980 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
2981 /* When warning symbols are created, they **replace** the "real"
2982 entry in the hash table, thus we never get to see the real
2983 symbol in a hash traversal. So look at it now. */
2984 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
2985
2986 info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
2987 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2988 if (htab == NULL)
2989 return FALSE;
2990
2991 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
2992 if ((h->got.refcount > 0
2993 || h->forced_local)
2994 && eh->gotplt_refcount > 0)
2995 {
2996 /* The symbol has been forced local, or we have some direct got refs,
2997 so treat all the gotplt refs as got refs. */
2998 h->got.refcount += eh->gotplt_refcount;
2999 if (h->plt.refcount >= eh->gotplt_refcount)
3000 h->plt.refcount -= eh->gotplt_refcount;
3001 }
3002
3003 if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
3004 && h->plt.refcount > 0
3005 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
3006 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
3007 {
3008 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
3009 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */
3010 if (h->dynindx == -1
3011 && !h->forced_local)
3012 {
3013 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3014 return FALSE;
3015 }
3016
3017 if (info->shared
3018 || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (1, 0, h))
3019 {
3020 asection *s = htab->splt;
3021 const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
3022
3023 /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special
3024 first entry. */
3025 if (s->size == 0)
3026 s->size += htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size;
3027
3028 h->plt.offset = s->size;
3029
3030 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, and we are
3031 not generating a shared library, then set the symbol to this
3032 location in the .plt. This is required to make function
3033 pointers compare as equal between the normal executable and
3034 the shared library. Skip this for FDPIC, since the
3035 function's address will be the address of the canonical
3036 function descriptor. */
3037 if (!htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared && !h->def_regular)
3038 {
3039 h->root.u.def.section = s;
3040 h->root.u.def.value = h->plt.offset;
3041 }
3042
3043 /* Make room for this entry. */
3044 plt_info = htab->plt_info;
3045 if (plt_info->short_plt != NULL
3046 && (get_plt_index (plt_info->short_plt, s->size) < MAX_SHORT_PLT))
3047 plt_info = plt_info->short_plt;
3048 s->size += plt_info->symbol_entry_size;
3049
3050 /* We also need to make an entry in the .got.plt section, which
3051 will be placed in the .got section by the linker script. */
3052 if (!htab->fdpic_p)
3053 htab->sgotplt->size += 4;
3054 else
3055 htab->sgotplt->size += 8;
3056
3057 /* We also need to make an entry in the .rel.plt section. */
3058 htab->srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3059
3060 if (htab->vxworks_p && !info->shared)
3061 {
3062 /* VxWorks executables have a second set of relocations
3063 for each PLT entry. They go in a separate relocation
3064 section, which is processed by the kernel loader. */
3065
3066 /* There is a relocation for the initial PLT entry:
3067 an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
3068 if (h->plt.offset == htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size)
3069 htab->srelplt2->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3070
3071 /* There are two extra relocations for each subsequent
3072 PLT entry: an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the GOT entry,
3073 and an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the PLT entry. */
3074 htab->srelplt2->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) * 2;
3075 }
3076 }
3077 else
3078 {
3079 h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3080 h->needs_plt = 0;
3081 }
3082 }
3083 else
3084 {
3085 h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3086 h->needs_plt = 0;
3087 }
3088
3089 if (h->got.refcount > 0)
3090 {
3091 asection *s;
3092 bfd_boolean dyn;
3093 int got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
3094
3095 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
3096 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */
3097 if (h->dynindx == -1
3098 && !h->forced_local)
3099 {
3100 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3101 return FALSE;
3102 }
3103
3104 s = htab->sgot;
3105 h->got.offset = s->size;
3106 s->size += 4;
3107 /* R_SH_TLS_GD needs 2 consecutive GOT slots. */
3108 if (got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
3109 s->size += 4;
3110 dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
3111 if (!dyn)
3112 {
3113 /* No dynamic relocations required. */
3114 if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared
3115 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3116 && (got_type == GOT_NORMAL || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC))
3117 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3118 }
3119 /* R_SH_TLS_IE_32 needs one dynamic relocation if dynamic,
3120 R_SH_TLS_GD needs one if local symbol and two if global. */
3121 else if ((got_type == GOT_TLS_GD && h->dynindx == -1)
3122 || got_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
3123 htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3124 else if (got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
3125 htab->srelgot->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3126 else if (got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
3127 {
3128 if (!info->shared && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
3129 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3130 else
3131 htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3132 }
3133 else if ((ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
3134 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3135 && (info->shared
3136 || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, 0, h)))
3137 htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3138 else if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared && got_type == GOT_NORMAL
3139 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
3140 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
3141 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3142 }
3143 else
3144 h->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3145
3146 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
3147 if (eh->datalabel_got.refcount > 0)
3148 {
3149 asection *s;
3150 bfd_boolean dyn;
3151
3152 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
3153 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */
3154 if (h->dynindx == -1
3155 && !h->forced_local)
3156 {
3157 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3158 return FALSE;
3159 }
3160
3161 s = htab->sgot;
3162 eh->datalabel_got.offset = s->size;
3163 s->size += 4;
3164 dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
3165 if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h))
3166 htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3167 }
3168 else
3169 eh->datalabel_got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3170 #endif
3171
3172 /* Allocate space for any dynamic relocations to function
3173 descriptors, canonical or otherwise. We need to relocate the
3174 reference unless it resolves to zero, which only happens for
3175 undefined weak symbols (either non-default visibility, or when
3176 static linking). Any GOT slot is accounted for elsewhere. */
3177 if (eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount > 0
3178 && (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3179 || (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
3180 && ! SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))))
3181 {
3182 if (!info->shared && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
3183 htab->srofixup->size += eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount * 4;
3184 else
3185 htab->srelgot->size
3186 += eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3187 }
3188
3189 /* We must allocate a function descriptor if there are references to
3190 a canonical descriptor (R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC or R_SH_FUNCDESC) and
3191 the dynamic linker isn't going to allocate it. None of this
3192 applies if we already created one in .got.plt, but if the
3193 canonical function descriptor can be in this object, there
3194 won't be a PLT entry at all. */
3195 if ((eh->funcdesc.refcount > 0
3196 || (h->got.offset != MINUS_ONE && eh->got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC))
3197 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3198 && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
3199 {
3200 /* Make room for this function descriptor. */
3201 eh->funcdesc.offset = htab->sfuncdesc->size;
3202 htab->sfuncdesc->size += 8;
3203
3204 /* We will need a relocation or two fixups to initialize the
3205 function descriptor, so allocate those too. */
3206 if (!info->shared && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3207 htab->srofixup->size += 8;
3208 else
3209 htab->srelfuncdesc->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3210 }
3211
3212 if (eh->dyn_relocs == NULL)
3213 return TRUE;
3214
3215 /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
3216 dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be
3217 defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case, discard
3218 space for pc-relative relocs that have become local due to symbol
3219 visibility changes. */
3220
3221 if (info->shared)
3222 {
3223 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3224 {
3225 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp;
3226
3227 for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
3228 {
3229 p->count -= p->pc_count;
3230 p->pc_count = 0;
3231 if (p->count == 0)
3232 *pp = p->next;
3233 else
3234 pp = &p->next;
3235 }
3236 }
3237
3238 if (htab->vxworks_p)
3239 {
3240 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp;
3241
3242 for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
3243 {
3244 if (strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, ".tls_vars") == 0)
3245 *pp = p->next;
3246 else
3247 pp = &p->next;
3248 }
3249 }
3250
3251 /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
3252 visibility. */
3253 if (eh->dyn_relocs != NULL
3254 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3255 {
3256 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
3257 eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
3258
3259 /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
3260 symbol in PIEs. */
3261 else if (h->dynindx == -1
3262 && !h->forced_local)
3263 {
3264 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3265 return FALSE;
3266 }
3267 }
3268 }
3269 else
3270 {
3271 /* For the non-shared case, discard space for relocs against
3272 symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
3273 dynamic. */
3274
3275 if (!h->non_got_ref
3276 && ((h->def_dynamic
3277 && !h->def_regular)
3278 || (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
3279 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3280 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined))))
3281 {
3282 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
3283 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */
3284 if (h->dynindx == -1
3285 && !h->forced_local)
3286 {
3287 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3288 return FALSE;
3289 }
3290
3291 /* If that succeeded, we know we'll be keeping all the
3292 relocs. */
3293 if (h->dynindx != -1)
3294 goto keep;
3295 }
3296
3297 eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
3298
3299 keep: ;
3300 }
3301
3302 /* Finally, allocate space. */
3303 for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
3304 {
3305 asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
3306 sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3307
3308 /* If we need relocations, we do not need fixups. */
3309 if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared)
3310 htab->srofixup->size -= 4 * (p->count - p->pc_count);
3311 }
3312
3313 return TRUE;
3314 }
3315
3316 /* Find any dynamic relocs that apply to read-only sections. */
3317
3318 static bfd_boolean
3319 readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
3320 {
3321 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
3322 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
3323
3324 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
3325 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
3326
3327 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
3328 for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
3329 {
3330 asection *s = p->sec->output_section;
3331
3332 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
3333 {
3334 struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
3335
3336 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
3337
3338 /* Not an error, just cut short the traversal. */
3339 return FALSE;
3340 }
3341 }
3342 return TRUE;
3343 }
3344
3345 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
3346 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections.
3347 It's a convenient place to determine the PLT style. */
3348
3349 static bfd_boolean
3350 sh_elf_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3351 {
3352 sh_elf_hash_table (info)->plt_info = get_plt_info (output_bfd, info->shared);
3353
3354 if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->fdpic_p && !info->relocatable)
3355 {
3356 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3357
3358 /* Force a PT_GNU_STACK segment to be created. */
3359 if (! elf_tdata (output_bfd)->stack_flags)
3360 elf_tdata (output_bfd)->stack_flags = PF_R | PF_W | PF_X;
3361
3362 /* Define __stacksize if it's not defined yet. */
3363 h = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info), "__stacksize",
3364 FALSE, FALSE, FALSE);
3365 if (! h || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
3366 || h->type != STT_OBJECT
3367 || !h->def_regular)
3368 {
3369 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh = NULL;
3370
3371 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
3372 (info, output_bfd, "__stacksize",
3373 BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_abs_section_ptr, DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE,
3374 (const char *) NULL, FALSE,
3375 get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->collect, &bh)))
3376 return FALSE;
3377
3378 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
3379 h->def_regular = 1;
3380 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
3381 }
3382 }
3383 return TRUE;
3384 }
3385
3386 #if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
3387
3388 static bfd_boolean
3389 sh_elf_modify_program_headers (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3390 {
3391 struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (output_bfd);
3392 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3393 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
3394
3395 /* objcopy and strip preserve what's already there using
3396 sh_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (). */
3397 if (! info)
3398 return TRUE;
3399
3400 for (p = tdata->phdr, m = tdata->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next, p++)
3401 if (m->p_type == PT_GNU_STACK)
3402 break;
3403
3404 if (m)
3405 {
3406 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3407
3408 /* Obtain the pointer to the __stacksize symbol. */
3409 h = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info), "__stacksize",
3410 FALSE, FALSE, FALSE);
3411 if (h)
3412 {
3413 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
3414 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
3415 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
3416 BFD_ASSERT (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
3417 }
3418
3419 /* Set the header p_memsz from the symbol value. We
3420 intentionally ignore the symbol section. */
3421 if (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined)
3422 p->p_memsz = h->root.u.def.value;
3423 else
3424 p->p_memsz = DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE;
3425
3426 p->p_align = 8;
3427 }
3428
3429 return TRUE;
3430 }
3431
3432 #endif
3433
3434 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
3435
3436 static bfd_boolean
3437 sh_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3438 struct bfd_link_info *info)
3439 {
3440 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
3441 bfd *dynobj;
3442 asection *s;
3443 bfd_boolean relocs;
3444 bfd *ibfd;
3445
3446 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
3447 if (htab == NULL)
3448 return FALSE;
3449
3450 dynobj = htab->root.dynobj;
3451 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
3452
3453 if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
3454 {
3455 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
3456 if (info->executable)
3457 {
3458 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".interp");
3459 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
3460 s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
3461 s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
3462 }
3463 }
3464
3465 /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
3466 relocs. */
3467 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link_next)
3468 {
3469 bfd_signed_vma *local_got;
3470 bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got;
3471 union gotref *local_funcdesc, *end_local_funcdesc;
3472 char *local_got_type;
3473 bfd_size_type locsymcount;
3474 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
3475 asection *srel;
3476
3477 if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd))
3478 continue;
3479
3480 for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3481 {
3482 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
3483
3484 for (p = ((struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *)
3485 elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel);
3486 p != NULL;
3487 p = p->next)
3488 {
3489 if (! bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec)
3490 && bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec->output_section))
3491 {
3492 /* Input section has been discarded, either because
3493 it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
3494 linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
3495 the relocs too. */
3496 }
3497 else if (htab->vxworks_p
3498 && strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name,
3499 ".tls_vars") == 0)
3500 {
3501 /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are
3502 handled specially by the loader. */
3503 }
3504 else if (p->count != 0)
3505 {
3506 srel = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
3507 srel->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3508 if ((p->sec->output_section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
3509 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
3510
3511 /* If we need relocations, we do not need fixups. */
3512 if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared)
3513 htab->srofixup->size -= 4 * (p->count - p->pc_count);
3514 }
3515 }
3516 }
3517
3518 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
3519 locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
3520 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
3521 /* Count datalabel local GOT. */
3522 locsymcount *= 2;
3523 #endif
3524 s = htab->sgot;
3525 srel = htab->srelgot;
3526
3527 local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
3528 if (local_got)
3529 {
3530 end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount;
3531 local_got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (ibfd);
3532 local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd);
3533 for (; local_got < end_local_got; ++local_got)
3534 {
3535 if (*local_got > 0)
3536 {
3537 *local_got = s->size;
3538 s->size += 4;
3539 if (*local_got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
3540 s->size += 4;
3541 if (info->shared)
3542 srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3543 else
3544 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3545
3546 if (*local_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
3547 {
3548 if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
3549 {
3550 bfd_size_type size;
3551
3552 size = locsymcount * sizeof (union gotref);
3553 local_funcdesc = (union gotref *) bfd_zalloc (ibfd,
3554 size);
3555 if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
3556 return FALSE;
3557 sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd) = local_funcdesc;
3558 local_funcdesc += (local_got
3559 - elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd));
3560 }
3561 local_funcdesc->refcount++;
3562 ++local_funcdesc;
3563 }
3564 }
3565 else
3566 *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
3567 ++local_got_type;
3568 }
3569 }
3570
3571 local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd);
3572 if (local_funcdesc)
3573 {
3574 end_local_funcdesc = local_funcdesc + locsymcount;
3575
3576 for (; local_funcdesc < end_local_funcdesc; ++local_funcdesc)
3577 {
3578 if (local_funcdesc->refcount > 0)
3579 {
3580 local_funcdesc->offset = htab->sfuncdesc->size;
3581 htab->sfuncdesc->size += 8;
3582 if (!info->shared)
3583 htab->srofixup->size += 8;
3584 else
3585 htab->srelfuncdesc->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3586 }
3587 else
3588 local_funcdesc->offset = MINUS_ONE;
3589 }
3590 }
3591
3592 }
3593
3594 if (htab->tls_ldm_got.refcount > 0)
3595 {
3596 /* Allocate 2 got entries and 1 dynamic reloc for R_SH_TLS_LD_32
3597 relocs. */
3598 htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = htab->sgot->size;
3599 htab->sgot->size += 8;
3600 htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3601 }
3602 else
3603 htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = -1;
3604
3605 /* Only the reserved entries should be present. For FDPIC, they go at
3606 the end of .got.plt. */
3607 if (htab->fdpic_p)
3608 {
3609 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sgotplt && htab->sgotplt->size == 12);
3610 htab->sgotplt->size = 0;
3611 }
3612
3613 /* Allocate global sym .plt and .got entries, and space for global
3614 sym dynamic relocs. */
3615 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, allocate_dynrelocs, info);
3616
3617 /* Move the reserved entries and the _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol to the
3618 end of the FDPIC .got.plt. */
3619 if (htab->fdpic_p)
3620 {
3621 htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value = htab->sgotplt->size;
3622 htab->sgotplt->size += 12;
3623 }
3624
3625 /* At the very end of the .rofixup section is a pointer to the GOT. */
3626 if (htab->fdpic_p && htab->srofixup != NULL)
3627 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3628
3629 /* We now have determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
3630 Allocate memory for them. */
3631 relocs = FALSE;
3632 for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3633 {
3634 if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
3635 continue;
3636
3637 if (s == htab->splt
3638 || s == htab->sgot
3639 || s == htab->sgotplt
3640 || s == htab->sfuncdesc
3641 || s == htab->srofixup
3642 || s == htab->sdynbss)
3643 {
3644 /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
3645 comment below. */
3646 }
3647 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s), ".rela"))
3648 {
3649 if (s->size != 0 && s != htab->srelplt && s != htab->srelplt2)
3650 relocs = TRUE;
3651
3652 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
3653 to copy relocs into the output file. */
3654 s->reloc_count = 0;
3655 }
3656 else
3657 {
3658 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
3659 continue;
3660 }
3661
3662 if (s->size == 0)
3663 {
3664 /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
3665 output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
3666 .rela.plt. We must create both sections in
3667 create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
3668 before the linker maps input sections to output
3669 sections. The linker does that before
3670 adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
3671 function which decides whether anything needs to go
3672 into these sections. */
3673
3674 s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
3675 continue;
3676 }
3677
3678 if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
3679 continue;
3680
3681 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. We use bfd_zalloc
3682 here in case unused entries are not reclaimed before the
3683 section's contents are written out. This should not happen,
3684 but this way if it does, we get a R_SH_NONE reloc instead
3685 of garbage. */
3686 s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
3687 if (s->contents == NULL)
3688 return FALSE;
3689 }
3690
3691 if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
3692 {
3693 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
3694 values later, in sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
3695 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
3696 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
3697 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
3698 #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
3699 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
3700
3701 if (info->executable)
3702 {
3703 if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG, 0))
3704 return FALSE;
3705 }
3706
3707 if (htab->splt->size != 0)
3708 {
3709 if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0)
3710 || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ, 0)
3711 || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL, DT_RELA)
3712 || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL, 0))
3713 return FALSE;
3714 }
3715 else if ((elf_elfheader (output_bfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC)
3716 && htab->sgot->size != 0)
3717 {
3718 if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0))
3719 return FALSE;
3720 }
3721
3722 if (relocs)
3723 {
3724 if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA, 0)
3725 || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ, 0)
3726 || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT,
3727 sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)))
3728 return FALSE;
3729
3730 /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section,
3731 then we need a DT_TEXTREL entry. */
3732 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0)
3733 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, readonly_dynrelocs, info);
3734
3735 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
3736 {
3737 if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL, 0))
3738 return FALSE;
3739 }
3740 }
3741 if (htab->vxworks_p
3742 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd, info))
3743 return FALSE;
3744 }
3745 #undef add_dynamic_entry
3746
3747 return TRUE;
3748 }
3749 \f
3750 /* Add a dynamic relocation to the SRELOC section. */
3751
3752 inline static bfd_vma
3753 sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (bfd *output_bfd, asection *sreloc, bfd_vma offset,
3754 int reloc_type, long dynindx, bfd_vma addend)
3755 {
3756 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
3757 bfd_vma reloc_offset;
3758
3759 outrel.r_offset = offset;
3760 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, reloc_type);
3761 outrel.r_addend = addend;
3762
3763 reloc_offset = sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3764 BFD_ASSERT (reloc_offset < sreloc->size);
3765 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel,
3766 sreloc->contents + reloc_offset);
3767 sreloc->reloc_count++;
3768
3769 return reloc_offset;
3770 }
3771
3772 /* Add an FDPIC read-only fixup. */
3773
3774 inline static void
3775 sh_elf_add_rofixup (bfd *output_bfd, asection *srofixup, bfd_vma offset)
3776 {
3777 bfd_vma fixup_offset;
3778
3779 fixup_offset = srofixup->reloc_count++ * 4;
3780 BFD_ASSERT (fixup_offset < srofixup->size);
3781 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, offset, srofixup->contents + fixup_offset);
3782 }
3783
3784 /* Return the offset of the generated .got section from the
3785 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol. */
3786
3787 static bfd_signed_vma
3788 sh_elf_got_offset (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab)
3789 {
3790 return (htab->sgot->output_offset - htab->sgotplt->output_offset
3791 - htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value);
3792 }
3793
3794 /* Find the segment number in which OSEC, and output section, is
3795 located. */
3796
3797 static unsigned
3798 sh_elf_osec_to_segment (bfd *output_bfd, asection *osec)
3799 {
3800 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p = _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (output_bfd,
3801 osec);
3802
3803 /* FIXME: Nothing ever says what this index is relative to. The kernel
3804 supplies data in terms of the number of load segments but this is
3805 a phdr index and the first phdr may not be a load segment. */
3806 return (p != NULL) ? p - elf_tdata (output_bfd)->phdr : -1;
3807 }
3808
3809 static bfd_boolean
3810 sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (bfd *output_bfd, asection *osec)
3811 {
3812 unsigned seg = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, osec);
3813
3814 return ! (elf_tdata (output_bfd)->phdr[seg].p_flags & PF_W);
3815 }
3816
3817 /* Generate the initial contents of a local function descriptor, along
3818 with any relocations or fixups required. */
3819 static bfd_boolean
3820 sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (bfd *output_bfd,
3821 struct bfd_link_info *info,
3822 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3823 bfd_vma offset,
3824 asection *section,
3825 bfd_vma value)
3826 {
3827 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
3828 int dynindx;
3829 bfd_vma addr, seg;
3830
3831 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
3832
3833 /* FIXME: The ABI says that the offset to the function goes in the
3834 descriptor, along with the segment index. We're RELA, so it could
3835 go in the reloc instead... */
3836
3837 if (h != NULL && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3838 {
3839 section = h->root.u.def.section;
3840 value = h->root.u.def.value;
3841 }
3842
3843 if (h == NULL || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3844 {
3845 dynindx = elf_section_data (section->output_section)->dynindx;
3846 addr = value + section->output_offset;
3847 seg = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, section->output_section);
3848 }
3849 else
3850 {
3851 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
3852 dynindx = h->dynindx;
3853 addr = seg = 0;
3854 }
3855
3856 if (!info->shared && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3857 {
3858 if (h == NULL || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3859 {
3860 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
3861 offset
3862 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
3863 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset);
3864 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
3865 offset + 4
3866 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
3867 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset);
3868 }
3869
3870 /* There are no dynamic relocations so fill in the final
3871 address and gp value (barring fixups). */
3872 addr += section->output_section->vma;
3873 seg = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
3874 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
3875 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset;
3876 }
3877 else
3878 sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (output_bfd, htab->srelfuncdesc,
3879 offset
3880 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
3881 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset,
3882 R_SH_FUNCDESC_VALUE, dynindx, 0);
3883
3884 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, addr, htab->sfuncdesc->contents + offset);
3885 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, seg, htab->sfuncdesc->contents + offset + 4);
3886
3887 return TRUE;
3888 }
3889
3890 /* Install a 20-bit movi20 field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD.
3891 VALUE is the field's value. Return bfd_reloc_ok if successful or an error
3892 otherwise. */
3893
3894 static bfd_reloc_status_type
3895 install_movi20_field (bfd *output_bfd, unsigned long relocation,
3896 bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
3897 bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma offset)
3898 {
3899 unsigned long cur_val;
3900 bfd_byte *addr;
3901 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
3902
3903 if (offset > bfd_get_section_limit (input_bfd, input_section))
3904 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
3905
3906 r = bfd_check_overflow (complain_overflow_signed, 20, 0,
3907 bfd_arch_bits_per_address (input_bfd), relocation);
3908 if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
3909 return r;
3910
3911 addr = contents + offset;
3912 cur_val = bfd_get_16 (output_bfd, addr);
3913 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, cur_val | ((relocation & 0xf0000) >> 12), addr);
3914 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, relocation & 0xffff, addr + 2);
3915
3916 return bfd_reloc_ok;
3917 }
3918
3919 /* Relocate an SH ELF section. */
3920
3921 static bfd_boolean
3922 sh_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3923 bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
3924 bfd_byte *contents, Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
3925 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
3926 asection **local_sections)
3927 {
3928 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
3929 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
3930 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
3931 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
3932 bfd *dynobj = NULL;
3933 bfd_vma *local_got_offsets;
3934 asection *sgot = NULL;
3935 asection *sgotplt = NULL;
3936 asection *splt = NULL;
3937 asection *sreloc = NULL;
3938 asection *srelgot = NULL;
3939 bfd_boolean is_vxworks_tls;
3940 unsigned isec_segment, got_segment, plt_segment, check_segment[2];
3941 bfd_boolean fdpic_p = FALSE;
3942
3943 BFD_ASSERT (is_sh_elf (input_bfd));
3944
3945 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
3946 if (htab != NULL)
3947 {
3948 dynobj = htab->root.dynobj;
3949 sgot = htab->sgot;
3950 sgotplt = htab->sgotplt;
3951 splt = htab->splt;
3952 fdpic_p = htab->fdpic_p;
3953 }
3954 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
3955 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
3956 local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd);
3957
3958 isec_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
3959 input_section->output_section);
3960 if (fdpic_p && sgot)
3961 got_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
3962 sgot->output_section);
3963 else
3964 got_segment = -1;
3965 if (fdpic_p && splt)
3966 plt_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
3967 splt->output_section);
3968 else
3969 plt_segment = -1;
3970
3971 /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections
3972 specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'. */
3973 is_vxworks_tls = (htab && htab->vxworks_p && info->shared
3974 && !strcmp (input_section->output_section->name,
3975 ".tls_vars"));
3976
3977 rel = relocs;
3978 relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
3979 for (; rel < relend; rel++)
3980 {
3981 int r_type;
3982 reloc_howto_type *howto;
3983 unsigned long r_symndx;
3984 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
3985 asection *sec;
3986 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3987 bfd_vma relocation;
3988 bfd_vma addend = (bfd_vma) 0;
3989 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
3990 int seen_stt_datalabel = 0;
3991 bfd_vma off;
3992 int got_type;
3993 const char *symname = NULL;
3994
3995 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
3996
3997 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
3998
3999 /* Many of the relocs are only used for relaxing, and are
4000 handled entirely by the relaxation code. */
4001 if (r_type >= (int) R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT
4002 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LABEL)
4003 continue;
4004 if (r_type == (int) R_SH_NONE)
4005 continue;
4006
4007 if (r_type < 0
4008 || r_type >= R_SH_max
4009 || (r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC
4010 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC)
4011 || (r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_2
4012 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_2)
4013 || ( r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_3
4014 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_3)
4015 || ( r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_4
4016 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_4)
4017 || ( r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_5
4018 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_5)
4019 || ( r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_6
4020 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_6))
4021 {
4022 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4023 return FALSE;
4024 }
4025
4026 howto = get_howto_table (output_bfd) + r_type;
4027
4028 /* For relocs that aren't partial_inplace, we get the addend from
4029 the relocation. */
4030 if (! howto->partial_inplace)
4031 addend = rel->r_addend;
4032
4033 h = NULL;
4034 sym = NULL;
4035 sec = NULL;
4036 check_segment[0] = -1;
4037 check_segment[1] = -1;
4038 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
4039 {
4040 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
4041 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
4042
4043 symname = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
4044 (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name);
4045 if (symname == NULL || *symname == '\0')
4046 symname = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
4047
4048 relocation = (sec->output_section->vma
4049 + sec->output_offset
4050 + sym->st_value);
4051 /* A local symbol never has STO_SH5_ISA32, so we don't need
4052 datalabel processing here. Make sure this does not change
4053 without notice. */
4054 if ((sym->st_other & STO_SH5_ISA32) != 0)
4055 ((*info->callbacks->reloc_dangerous)
4056 (info,
4057 _("Unexpected STO_SH5_ISA32 on local symbol is not handled"),
4058 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset));
4059
4060 if (sec != NULL && elf_discarded_section (sec))
4061 /* Handled below. */
4062 ;
4063 else if (info->relocatable)
4064 {
4065 /* This is a relocatable link. We don't have to change
4066 anything, unless the reloc is against a section symbol,
4067 in which case we have to adjust according to where the
4068 section symbol winds up in the output section. */
4069 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
4070 {
4071 if (! howto->partial_inplace)
4072 {
4073 /* For relocations with the addend in the
4074 relocation, we need just to update the addend.
4075 All real relocs are of type partial_inplace; this
4076 code is mostly for completeness. */
4077 rel->r_addend += sec->output_offset;
4078
4079 continue;
4080 }
4081
4082 /* Relocs of type partial_inplace need to pick up the
4083 contents in the contents and add the offset resulting
4084 from the changed location of the section symbol.
4085 Using _bfd_final_link_relocate (e.g. goto
4086 final_link_relocate) here would be wrong, because
4087 relocations marked pc_relative would get the current
4088 location subtracted, and we must only do that at the
4089 final link. */
4090 r = _bfd_relocate_contents (howto, input_bfd,
4091 sec->output_offset
4092 + sym->st_value,
4093 contents + rel->r_offset);
4094 goto relocation_done;
4095 }
4096
4097 continue;
4098 }
4099 else if (! howto->partial_inplace)
4100 {
4101 relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
4102 addend = rel->r_addend;
4103 }
4104 else if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
4105 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
4106 {
4107 asection *msec;
4108
4109 if (howto->rightshift || howto->src_mask != 0xffffffff)
4110 {
4111 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4112 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): %s relocation against SEC_MERGE section"),
4113 input_bfd, input_section,
4114 (long) rel->r_offset, howto->name);
4115 return FALSE;
4116 }
4117
4118 addend = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
4119 msec = sec;
4120 addend =
4121 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &msec, addend)
4122 - relocation;
4123 addend += msec->output_section->vma + msec->output_offset;
4124 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, addend, contents + rel->r_offset);
4125 addend = 0;
4126 }
4127 }
4128 else
4129 {
4130 /* FIXME: Ought to make use of the RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL macro. */
4131
4132 relocation = 0;
4133 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4134 symname = h->root.root.string;
4135 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4136 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4137 {
4138 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4139 /* If the reference passes a symbol marked with
4140 STT_DATALABEL, then any STO_SH5_ISA32 on the final value
4141 doesn't count. */
4142 seen_stt_datalabel |= h->type == STT_DATALABEL;
4143 #endif
4144 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4145 }
4146 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4147 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4148 {
4149 bfd_boolean dyn;
4150
4151 dyn = htab ? htab->root.dynamic_sections_created : FALSE;
4152 sec = h->root.u.def.section;
4153 /* In these cases, we don't need the relocation value.
4154 We check specially because in some obscure cases
4155 sec->output_section will be NULL. */
4156 if (r_type == R_SH_GOTPC
4157 || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16
4158 || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16
4159 || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16
4160 || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_HI16
4161 || ((r_type == R_SH_PLT32
4162 || r_type == R_SH_PLT_LOW16
4163 || r_type == R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16
4164 || r_type == R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16
4165 || r_type == R_SH_PLT_HI16)
4166 && h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
4167 || ((r_type == R_SH_GOT32
4168 || r_type == R_SH_GOT20
4169 || r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC
4170 || r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20
4171 || r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC
4172 || r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20
4173 || r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC
4174 || r_type == R_SH_GOT_LOW16
4175 || r_type == R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16
4176 || r_type == R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16
4177 || r_type == R_SH_GOT_HI16)
4178 && WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h)
4179 && (! info->shared
4180 || (! info->symbolic && h->dynindx != -1)
4181 || !h->def_regular))
4182 /* The cases above are those in which relocation is
4183 overwritten in the switch block below. The cases
4184 below are those in which we must defer relocation
4185 to run-time, because we can't resolve absolute
4186 addresses when creating a shared library. */
4187 || (info->shared
4188 && ((! info->symbolic && h->dynindx != -1)
4189 || !h->def_regular)
4190 && ((r_type == R_SH_DIR32
4191 && !h->forced_local)
4192 || (r_type == R_SH_REL32
4193 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
4194 && ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
4195 /* DWARF will emit R_SH_DIR32 relocations in its
4196 sections against symbols defined externally
4197 in shared libraries. We can't do anything
4198 with them here. */
4199 || ((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
4200 && h->def_dynamic)))
4201 /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING
4202 sections because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and
4203 thus ld.so will not process them. */
4204 || (sec->output_section == NULL
4205 && ((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
4206 && h->def_dynamic))
4207 || (sec->output_section == NULL
4208 && (sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_TLS_IE
4209 || sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)))
4210 ;
4211 else if (sec->output_section != NULL)
4212 relocation = ((h->root.u.def.value
4213 + sec->output_section->vma
4214 + sec->output_offset)
4215 /* A STO_SH5_ISA32 causes a "bitor 1" to the
4216 symbol value, unless we've seen
4217 STT_DATALABEL on the way to it. */
4218 | ((h->other & STO_SH5_ISA32) != 0
4219 && ! seen_stt_datalabel));
4220 else if (!info->relocatable)
4221 {
4222 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4223 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'"),
4224 input_bfd,
4225 input_section,
4226 (long) rel->r_offset,
4227 howto->name,
4228 h->root.root.string);
4229 return FALSE;
4230 }
4231 }
4232 else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
4233 ;
4234 else if (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_IGNORE
4235 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT)
4236 ;
4237 else if (!info->relocatable)
4238 {
4239 if (! info->callbacks->undefined_symbol
4240 (info, h->root.root.string, input_bfd,
4241 input_section, rel->r_offset,
4242 (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_GENERATE_ERROR
4243 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))))
4244 return FALSE;
4245 }
4246 }
4247
4248 if (sec != NULL && elf_discarded_section (sec))
4249 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info, input_bfd, input_section,
4250 rel, relend, howto, contents);
4251
4252 if (info->relocatable)
4253 continue;
4254
4255 /* Check for inter-segment relocations in FDPIC files. Most
4256 relocations connect the relocation site to the location of
4257 the target symbol, but there are some exceptions below. */
4258 check_segment[0] = isec_segment;
4259 if (sec != NULL)
4260 check_segment[1] = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
4261 sec->output_section);
4262 else
4263 check_segment[1] = -1;
4264
4265 switch ((int) r_type)
4266 {
4267 final_link_relocate:
4268 /* COFF relocs don't use the addend. The addend is used for
4269 R_SH_DIR32 to be compatible with other compilers. */
4270 r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
4271 contents, rel->r_offset,
4272 relocation, addend);
4273 break;
4274
4275 case R_SH_IND12W:
4276 goto final_link_relocate;
4277
4278 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
4279 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
4280 case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
4281 /* If the reloc is against the start of this section, then
4282 the assembler has already taken care of it and the reloc
4283 is here only to assist in relaxing. If the reloc is not
4284 against the start of this section, then it's against an
4285 external symbol and we must deal with it ourselves. */
4286 if (input_section->output_section->vma + input_section->output_offset
4287 != relocation)
4288 {
4289 int disp = (relocation
4290 - input_section->output_section->vma
4291 - input_section->output_offset
4292 - rel->r_offset);
4293 int mask = 0;
4294 switch (r_type)
4295 {
4296 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
4297 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ: mask = 1; break;
4298 case R_SH_DIR8WPL: mask = 3; break;
4299 default: mask = 0; break;
4300 }
4301 if (disp & mask)
4302 {
4303 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4304 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: unaligned branch target for relax-support relocation"),
4305 input_section->owner,
4306 (unsigned long) rel->r_offset));
4307 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4308 return FALSE;
4309 }
4310 relocation -= 4;
4311 goto final_link_relocate;
4312 }
4313 r = bfd_reloc_ok;
4314 break;
4315
4316 default:
4317 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4318 if (shmedia_prepare_reloc (info, input_bfd, input_section,
4319 contents, rel, &relocation))
4320 goto final_link_relocate;
4321 #endif
4322 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4323 return FALSE;
4324
4325 case R_SH_DIR16:
4326 case R_SH_DIR8:
4327 case R_SH_DIR8U:
4328 case R_SH_DIR8S:
4329 case R_SH_DIR4U:
4330 goto final_link_relocate;
4331
4332 case R_SH_DIR8UL:
4333 case R_SH_DIR4UL:
4334 if (relocation & 3)
4335 {
4336 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4337 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: unaligned %s relocation 0x%lx"),
4338 input_section->owner,
4339 (unsigned long) rel->r_offset, howto->name,
4340 (unsigned long) relocation));
4341 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4342 return FALSE;
4343 }
4344 goto final_link_relocate;
4345
4346 case R_SH_DIR8UW:
4347 case R_SH_DIR8SW:
4348 case R_SH_DIR4UW:
4349 if (relocation & 1)
4350 {
4351 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4352 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: unaligned %s relocation 0x%lx"),
4353 input_section->owner,
4354 (unsigned long) rel->r_offset, howto->name,
4355 (unsigned long) relocation));
4356 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4357 return FALSE;
4358 }
4359 goto final_link_relocate;
4360
4361 case R_SH_PSHA:
4362 if ((signed int)relocation < -32
4363 || (signed int)relocation > 32)
4364 {
4365 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4366 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: R_SH_PSHA relocation %d not in range -32..32"),
4367 input_section->owner,
4368 (unsigned long) rel->r_offset,
4369 (unsigned long) relocation));
4370 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4371 return FALSE;
4372 }
4373 goto final_link_relocate;
4374
4375 case R_SH_PSHL:
4376 if ((signed int)relocation < -16
4377 || (signed int)relocation > 16)
4378 {
4379 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4380 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: R_SH_PSHL relocation %d not in range -32..32"),
4381 input_section->owner,
4382 (unsigned long) rel->r_offset,
4383 (unsigned long) relocation));
4384 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4385 return FALSE;
4386 }
4387 goto final_link_relocate;
4388
4389 case R_SH_DIR32:
4390 case R_SH_REL32:
4391 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4392 case R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL:
4393 case R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL:
4394 case R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL:
4395 case R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL:
4396 #endif
4397 if (info->shared
4398 && (h == NULL
4399 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
4400 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
4401 && r_symndx != STN_UNDEF
4402 && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
4403 && !is_vxworks_tls
4404 && (r_type == R_SH_DIR32
4405 || !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
4406 {
4407 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
4408 bfd_byte *loc;
4409 bfd_boolean skip, relocate;
4410
4411 /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
4412 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
4413 time. */
4414
4415 if (sreloc == NULL)
4416 {
4417 sreloc = _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section
4418 (input_bfd, input_section, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
4419 if (sreloc == NULL)
4420 return FALSE;
4421 }
4422
4423 skip = FALSE;
4424 relocate = FALSE;
4425
4426 outrel.r_offset =
4427 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
4428 rel->r_offset);
4429 if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
4430 skip = TRUE;
4431 else if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
4432 skip = TRUE, relocate = TRUE;
4433 outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
4434 + input_section->output_offset);
4435
4436 if (skip)
4437 memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel);
4438 else if (r_type == R_SH_REL32)
4439 {
4440 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL && h->dynindx != -1);
4441 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_REL32);
4442 outrel.r_addend
4443 = (howto->partial_inplace
4444 ? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
4445 : addend);
4446 }
4447 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4448 else if (r_type == R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL
4449 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL
4450 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL
4451 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL)
4452 {
4453 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL && h->dynindx != -1);
4454 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, r_type);
4455 outrel.r_addend = addend;
4456 }
4457 #endif
4458 else if (fdpic_p
4459 && (h == NULL
4460 || ((info->symbolic || h->dynindx == -1)
4461 && h->def_regular)))
4462 {
4463 int dynindx;
4464
4465 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
4466 BFD_ASSERT (sec->output_section != NULL);
4467 dynindx = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
4468 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
4469 outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4470 outrel.r_addend
4471 += (howto->partial_inplace
4472 ? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
4473 : addend);
4474 outrel.r_addend -= sec->output_section->vma;
4475 }
4476 else
4477 {
4478 /* h->dynindx may be -1 if this symbol was marked to
4479 become local. */
4480 if (h == NULL
4481 || ((info->symbolic || h->dynindx == -1)
4482 && h->def_regular))
4483 {
4484 relocate = howto->partial_inplace;
4485 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
4486 }
4487 else
4488 {
4489 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
4490 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
4491 }
4492 outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4493 outrel.r_addend
4494 += (howto->partial_inplace
4495 ? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
4496 : addend);
4497 }
4498
4499 loc = sreloc->contents;
4500 loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
4501 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
4502
4503 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4504
4505 /* If this reloc is against an external symbol, we do
4506 not want to fiddle with the addend. Otherwise, we
4507 need to include the symbol value so that it becomes
4508 an addend for the dynamic reloc. */
4509 if (! relocate)
4510 continue;
4511 }
4512 else if (fdpic_p && !info->shared
4513 && r_type == R_SH_DIR32
4514 && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
4515 {
4516 bfd_vma offset;
4517
4518 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4519
4520 if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
4521 input_section->output_section))
4522 {
4523 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4524 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): cannot emit fixup to `%s' in read-only section"),
4525 input_bfd,
4526 input_section,
4527 (long) rel->r_offset,
4528 symname);
4529 return FALSE;
4530 }
4531
4532 offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
4533 input_section, rel->r_offset);
4534 if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
4535 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
4536 input_section->output_section->vma
4537 + input_section->output_offset
4538 + rel->r_offset);
4539
4540 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4541 }
4542 goto final_link_relocate;
4543
4544 case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
4545 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4546 case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
4547 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
4548 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
4549 case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
4550 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
4551 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
4552 #endif
4553 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
4554 procedure linkage table. */
4555
4556 if (h == NULL
4557 || h->forced_local
4558 || ! info->shared
4559 || info->symbolic
4560 || h->dynindx == -1
4561 || h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1
4562 || h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
4563 goto force_got;
4564
4565 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
4566 offset table extension for the procedure linkage table. */
4567
4568 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4569 BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
4570 relocation = (sgotplt->output_offset
4571 + (get_plt_index (htab->plt_info, h->plt.offset)
4572 + 3) * 4);
4573
4574 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
4575 relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4576 #endif
4577
4578 goto final_link_relocate;
4579
4580 force_got:
4581 case R_SH_GOT32:
4582 case R_SH_GOT20:
4583 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4584 case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
4585 case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
4586 case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
4587 case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
4588 case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
4589 case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
4590 #endif
4591 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
4592 offset table. */
4593
4594 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4595 BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
4596 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4597
4598 if (h != NULL)
4599 {
4600 bfd_boolean dyn;
4601
4602 off = h->got.offset;
4603 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4604 if (seen_stt_datalabel)
4605 {
4606 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *hsh;
4607
4608 hsh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)h;
4609 off = hsh->datalabel_got.offset;
4610 }
4611 #endif
4612 BFD_ASSERT (off != (bfd_vma) -1);
4613
4614 dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
4615 if (! WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h)
4616 || (info->shared
4617 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
4618 || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other)
4619 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
4620 {
4621 /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
4622 -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
4623 locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
4624 because of a version file. We must initialize
4625 this entry in the global offset table. Since the
4626 offset must always be a multiple of 4, we use the
4627 least significant bit to record whether we have
4628 initialized it already.
4629
4630 When doing a dynamic link, we create a .rela.got
4631 relocation entry to initialize the value. This
4632 is done in the finish_dynamic_symbol routine. */
4633 if ((off & 1) != 0)
4634 off &= ~1;
4635 else
4636 {
4637 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
4638 sgot->contents + off);
4639 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4640 if (seen_stt_datalabel)
4641 {
4642 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *hsh;
4643
4644 hsh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)h;
4645 hsh->datalabel_got.offset |= 1;
4646 }
4647 else
4648 #endif
4649 h->got.offset |= 1;
4650
4651 /* If we initialize the GOT entry here with a valid
4652 symbol address, also add a fixup. */
4653 if (fdpic_p && !info->shared
4654 && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_NORMAL
4655 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
4656 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
4657 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
4658 sgot->output_section->vma
4659 + sgot->output_offset
4660 + off);
4661 }
4662 }
4663
4664 relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
4665 }
4666 else
4667 {
4668 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4669 if (rel->r_addend)
4670 {
4671 BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL
4672 && (local_got_offsets[symtab_hdr->sh_info
4673 + r_symndx]
4674 != (bfd_vma) -1));
4675
4676 off = local_got_offsets[symtab_hdr->sh_info
4677 + r_symndx];
4678 }
4679 else
4680 {
4681 #endif
4682 BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL
4683 && local_got_offsets[r_symndx] != (bfd_vma) -1);
4684
4685 off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
4686 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4687 }
4688 #endif
4689
4690 /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4. We use
4691 the least significant bit to record whether we have
4692 already generated the necessary reloc. */
4693 if ((off & 1) != 0)
4694 off &= ~1;
4695 else
4696 {
4697 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, sgot->contents + off);
4698
4699 if (info->shared)
4700 {
4701 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
4702 bfd_byte *loc;
4703
4704 if (srelgot == NULL)
4705 {
4706 srelgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj,
4707 ".rela.got");
4708 BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL);
4709 }
4710
4711 outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
4712 + sgot->output_offset
4713 + off);
4714 if (fdpic_p)
4715 {
4716 int dynindx
4717 = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
4718 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
4719 outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4720 outrel.r_addend -= sec->output_section->vma;
4721 }
4722 else
4723 {
4724 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
4725 outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4726 }
4727 loc = srelgot->contents;
4728 loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
4729 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
4730 }
4731 else if (fdpic_p
4732 && (sh_elf_local_got_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx]
4733 == GOT_NORMAL))
4734 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
4735 sgot->output_section->vma
4736 + sgot->output_offset
4737 + off);
4738
4739 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4740 if (rel->r_addend)
4741 local_got_offsets[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] |= 1;
4742 else
4743 #endif
4744 local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
4745 }
4746
4747 relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
4748 }
4749
4750 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
4751 relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4752 #endif
4753
4754 if (r_type == R_SH_GOT20)
4755 {
4756 r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
4757 input_bfd, input_section, contents,
4758 rel->r_offset);
4759 break;
4760 }
4761 else
4762 goto final_link_relocate;
4763
4764 case R_SH_GOTOFF:
4765 case R_SH_GOTOFF20:
4766 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4767 case R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16:
4768 case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16:
4769 case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16:
4770 case R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16:
4771 #endif
4772 /* GOTOFF relocations are relative to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, which
4773 we place at the start of the .got.plt section. This is the same
4774 as the start of the output .got section, unless there are function
4775 descriptors in front of it. */
4776 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4777 BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
4778 check_segment[0] = got_segment;
4779 relocation -= sgotplt->output_section->vma + sgotplt->output_offset
4780 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value;
4781
4782 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
4783 relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4784 #endif
4785
4786 addend = rel->r_addend;
4787
4788 if (r_type == R_SH_GOTOFF20)
4789 {
4790 r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
4791 input_bfd, input_section, contents,
4792 rel->r_offset);
4793 break;
4794 }
4795 else
4796 goto final_link_relocate;
4797
4798 case R_SH_GOTPC:
4799 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4800 case R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16:
4801 case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16:
4802 case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16:
4803 case R_SH_GOTPC_HI16:
4804 #endif
4805 /* Use global offset table as symbol value. */
4806
4807 BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
4808 relocation = sgotplt->output_section->vma + sgotplt->output_offset;
4809
4810 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
4811 relocation += GOT_BIAS;
4812 #endif
4813
4814 addend = rel->r_addend;
4815
4816 goto final_link_relocate;
4817
4818 case R_SH_PLT32:
4819 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4820 case R_SH_PLT_LOW16:
4821 case R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16:
4822 case R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16:
4823 case R_SH_PLT_HI16:
4824 #endif
4825 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
4826 procedure linkage table. */
4827
4828 /* Resolve a PLT reloc against a local symbol directly,
4829 without using the procedure linkage table. */
4830 if (h == NULL)
4831 goto final_link_relocate;
4832
4833 /* We don't want to warn on calls to undefined weak symbols,
4834 as calls to them must be protected by non-NULL tests
4835 anyway, and unprotected calls would invoke undefined
4836 behavior. */
4837 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
4838 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4839
4840 if (h->forced_local)
4841 goto final_link_relocate;
4842
4843 if (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
4844 {
4845 /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol. This
4846 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
4847 using -Bsymbolic. */
4848 goto final_link_relocate;
4849 }
4850
4851 BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL);
4852 check_segment[1] = plt_segment;
4853 relocation = (splt->output_section->vma
4854 + splt->output_offset
4855 + h->plt.offset);
4856
4857 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4858 relocation++;
4859 #endif
4860
4861 addend = rel->r_addend;
4862
4863 goto final_link_relocate;
4864
4865 /* Relocation is to the canonical function descriptor for this
4866 symbol, possibly via the GOT. Initialize the GOT
4867 entry and function descriptor if necessary. */
4868 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
4869 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
4870 case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
4871 {
4872 int dynindx = -1;
4873 asection *reloc_section;
4874 bfd_vma reloc_offset;
4875 int reloc_type = R_SH_FUNCDESC;
4876
4877 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4878
4879 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4880
4881 /* FIXME: See what FRV does for global symbols in the
4882 executable, with --export-dynamic. Do they need ld.so
4883 to allocate official descriptors? See what this code
4884 does. */
4885
4886 relocation = 0;
4887 addend = 0;
4888
4889 if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
4890 {
4891 reloc_section = input_section;
4892 reloc_offset = rel->r_offset;
4893 }
4894 else
4895 {
4896 reloc_section = sgot;
4897
4898 if (h != NULL)
4899 reloc_offset = h->got.offset;
4900 else
4901 {
4902 BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL);
4903 reloc_offset = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
4904 }
4905 BFD_ASSERT (reloc_offset != MINUS_ONE);
4906
4907 if (reloc_offset & 1)
4908 {
4909 reloc_offset &= ~1;
4910 goto funcdesc_done_got;
4911 }
4912 }
4913
4914 if (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
4915 && (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
4916 || !htab->root.dynamic_sections_created))
4917 /* Undefined weak symbol which will not be dynamically
4918 resolved later; leave it at zero. */
4919 goto funcdesc_leave_zero;
4920 else if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
4921 && ! SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
4922 {
4923 /* If the symbol needs a non-local function descriptor
4924 but binds locally (i.e., its visibility is
4925 protected), emit a dynamic relocation decayed to
4926 section+offset. This is an optimization; the dynamic
4927 linker would resolve our function descriptor request
4928 to our copy of the function anyway. */
4929 dynindx = elf_section_data (h->root.u.def.section
4930 ->output_section)->dynindx;
4931 relocation += h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
4932 + h->root.u.def.value;
4933 }
4934 else if (! SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
4935 {
4936 /* If the symbol is dynamic and there will be dynamic
4937 symbol resolution because we are or are linked with a
4938 shared library, emit a FUNCDESC relocation such that
4939 the dynamic linker will allocate the function
4940 descriptor. */
4941 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
4942 dynindx = h->dynindx;
4943 }
4944 else
4945 {
4946 bfd_vma offset;
4947
4948 /* Otherwise, we know we have a private function
4949 descriptor, so reference it directly. */
4950 reloc_type = R_SH_DIR32;
4951 dynindx = elf_section_data (htab->sfuncdesc
4952 ->output_section)->dynindx;
4953
4954 if (h)
4955 {
4956 offset = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset;
4957 BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
4958 if ((offset & 1) == 0)
4959 {
4960 if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, h,
4961 offset, NULL, 0))
4962 return FALSE;
4963 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset |= 1;
4964 }
4965 }
4966 else
4967 {
4968 union gotref *local_funcdesc;
4969
4970 local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (input_bfd);
4971 offset = local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset;
4972 BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
4973 if ((offset & 1) == 0)
4974 {
4975 if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, NULL,
4976 offset, sec,
4977 sym->st_value))
4978 return FALSE;
4979 local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset |= 1;
4980 }
4981 }
4982
4983 relocation = htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset + (offset & ~1);
4984 }
4985
4986 if (!info->shared && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
4987 {
4988 bfd_vma offset;
4989
4990 if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
4991 reloc_section->output_section))
4992 {
4993 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4994 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): cannot emit fixup to `%s' in read-only section"),
4995 input_bfd,
4996 input_section,
4997 (long) rel->r_offset,
4998 symname);
4999 return FALSE;
5000 }
5001
5002 offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
5003 reloc_section, reloc_offset);
5004
5005 if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
5006 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
5007 offset
5008 + reloc_section->output_section->vma
5009 + reloc_section->output_offset);
5010 }
5011 else if ((reloc_section->output_section->flags
5012 & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)) == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD))
5013 {
5014 bfd_vma offset;
5015
5016 if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
5017 reloc_section->output_section))
5018 {
5019 info->callbacks->warning
5020 (info,
5021 _("cannot emit dynamic relocations in read-only section"),
5022 symname, input_bfd, reloc_section, reloc_offset);
5023 return FALSE;
5024 }
5025
5026 if (srelgot == NULL)
5027 {
5028 srelgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rela.got");
5029 BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL);
5030 }
5031
5032 offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
5033 reloc_section, reloc_offset);
5034
5035 if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
5036 sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (output_bfd, srelgot,
5037 offset
5038 + reloc_section->output_section->vma
5039 + reloc_section->output_offset,
5040 reloc_type, dynindx, relocation);
5041
5042 if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
5043 {
5044 r = bfd_reloc_ok;
5045 break;
5046 }
5047 else
5048 {
5049 relocation = 0;
5050 goto funcdesc_leave_zero;
5051 }
5052 }
5053
5054 if (SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
5055 relocation += htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma;
5056 funcdesc_leave_zero:
5057 if (r_type != R_SH_FUNCDESC)
5058 {
5059 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
5060 reloc_section->contents + reloc_offset);
5061 if (h != NULL)
5062 h->got.offset |= 1;
5063 else
5064 local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
5065
5066 funcdesc_done_got:
5067
5068 relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + reloc_offset;
5069 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
5070 relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
5071 #endif
5072 }
5073 if (r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20)
5074 {
5075 r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
5076 input_bfd, input_section, contents,
5077 rel->r_offset);
5078 break;
5079 }
5080 else
5081 goto final_link_relocate;
5082 }
5083 break;
5084
5085 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
5086 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
5087 /* FIXME: See R_SH_FUNCDESC comment about global symbols in the
5088 executable and --export-dynamic. If such symbols get
5089 ld.so-allocated descriptors we can not use R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC
5090 for them. */
5091 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
5092
5093 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5094 relocation = 0;
5095 addend = rel->r_addend;
5096
5097 if (h && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5098 || !SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h)))
5099 {
5100 _bfd_error_handler
5101 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): %s relocation against external symbol \"%s\""),
5102 input_bfd, input_section, (long) rel->r_offset, howto->name,
5103 h->root.root.string);
5104 return FALSE;
5105 }
5106 else
5107 {
5108 bfd_vma offset;
5109
5110 /* Otherwise, we know we have a private function
5111 descriptor, so reference it directly. */
5112 if (h)
5113 {
5114 offset = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset;
5115 BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
5116 if ((offset & 1) == 0)
5117 {
5118 if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, h,
5119 offset, NULL, 0))
5120 return FALSE;
5121 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset |= 1;
5122 }
5123 }
5124 else
5125 {
5126 union gotref *local_funcdesc;
5127
5128 local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (input_bfd);
5129 offset = local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset;
5130 BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
5131 if ((offset & 1) == 0)
5132 {
5133 if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, NULL,
5134 offset, sec,
5135 sym->st_value))
5136 return FALSE;
5137 local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset |= 1;
5138 }
5139 }
5140
5141 relocation = htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset + (offset & ~1);
5142 }
5143
5144 relocation -= (htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
5145 + sgotplt->output_offset);
5146 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
5147 relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
5148 #endif
5149
5150 if (r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20)
5151 {
5152 r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
5153 input_bfd, input_section, contents,
5154 rel->r_offset);
5155 break;
5156 }
5157 else
5158 goto final_link_relocate;
5159
5160 case R_SH_LOOP_START:
5161 {
5162 static bfd_vma start, end;
5163
5164 start = (relocation + rel->r_addend
5165 - (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset));
5166 r = sh_elf_reloc_loop (r_type, input_bfd, input_section, contents,
5167 rel->r_offset, sec, start, end);
5168 break;
5169
5170 case R_SH_LOOP_END:
5171 end = (relocation + rel->r_addend
5172 - (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset));
5173 r = sh_elf_reloc_loop (r_type, input_bfd, input_section, contents,
5174 rel->r_offset, sec, start, end);
5175 break;
5176 }
5177
5178 case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
5179 case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
5180 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
5181 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5182 r_type = sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h == NULL);
5183 got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
5184 if (h == NULL && local_got_offsets)
5185 got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx];
5186 else if (h != NULL)
5187 {
5188 got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
5189 if (! info->shared
5190 && (h->dynindx == -1
5191 || h->def_regular))
5192 r_type = R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
5193 }
5194
5195 if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32 && got_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
5196 r_type = R_SH_TLS_IE_32;
5197
5198 if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_LE_32)
5199 {
5200 bfd_vma offset;
5201 unsigned short insn;
5202
5203 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_SH_TLS_GD_32)
5204 {
5205 /* GD->LE transition:
5206 mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
5207 jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
5208 1: .long x$TLSGD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
5209 We change it into:
5210 mov.l 1f,r4; stc gbr,r0; add r4,r0; nop;
5211 nop; nop; ...
5212 1: .long x@TPOFF; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:. */
5213
5214 offset = rel->r_offset;
5215 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
5216 /* Size of GD instructions is 16 or 18. */
5217 offset -= 16;
5218 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5219 if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
5220 {
5221 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
5222 offset -= 2;
5223 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5224 }
5225
5226 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400);
5227 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
5228 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700);
5229 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
5230 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100);
5231 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
5232 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c);
5233 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
5234 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b);
5235 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
5236 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc);
5237
5238 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0012, contents + offset + 2);
5239 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x304c, contents + offset + 4);
5240 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 6);
5241 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
5242 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
5243 }
5244 else
5245 {
5246 int target;
5247
5248 /* IE->LE transition:
5249 mov.l 1f,r0; stc gbr,rN; mov.l @(r0,r12),rM;
5250 bra 2f; add ...; .align 2; 1: x@GOTTPOFF; 2:
5251 We change it into:
5252 mov.l .Ln,rM; stc gbr,rN; nop; ...;
5253 1: x@TPOFF; 2:. */
5254
5255 offset = rel->r_offset;
5256 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
5257 /* Size of IE instructions is 10 or 12. */
5258 offset -= 10;
5259 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5260 if ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x0012)
5261 {
5262 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
5263 offset -= 2;
5264 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5265 }
5266
5267 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd000);
5268 target = insn & 0x00ff;
5269 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
5270 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x0012);
5271 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
5272 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x00ce);
5273 insn = 0xd000 | (insn & 0x0f00) | target;
5274 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, insn, contents + offset + 0);
5275 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 4);
5276 }
5277
5278 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, tpoff (info, relocation),
5279 contents + rel->r_offset);
5280 continue;
5281 }
5282
5283 if (sgot == NULL || sgotplt == NULL)
5284 abort ();
5285
5286 if (h != NULL)
5287 off = h->got.offset;
5288 else
5289 {
5290 if (local_got_offsets == NULL)
5291 abort ();
5292
5293 off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
5294 }
5295
5296 /* Relocate R_SH_TLS_IE_32 directly when statically linking. */
5297 if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_IE_32
5298 && ! htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
5299 {
5300 off &= ~1;
5301 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, tpoff (info, relocation),
5302 sgot->contents + off);
5303 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off,
5304 contents + rel->r_offset);
5305 continue;
5306 }
5307
5308 if ((off & 1) != 0)
5309 off &= ~1;
5310 else
5311 {
5312 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
5313 bfd_byte *loc;
5314 int dr_type, indx;
5315
5316 if (srelgot == NULL)
5317 {
5318 srelgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rela.got");
5319 BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL);
5320 }
5321
5322 outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
5323 + sgot->output_offset + off);
5324
5325 if (h == NULL || h->dynindx == -1)
5326 indx = 0;
5327 else
5328 indx = h->dynindx;
5329
5330 dr_type = (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32 ? R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32 :
5331 R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32);
5332 if (dr_type == R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32 && indx == 0)
5333 outrel.r_addend = relocation - dtpoff_base (info);
5334 else
5335 outrel.r_addend = 0;
5336 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, dr_type);
5337 loc = srelgot->contents;
5338 loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5339 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
5340
5341 if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32)
5342 {
5343 if (indx == 0)
5344 {
5345 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
5346 relocation - dtpoff_base (info),
5347 sgot->contents + off + 4);
5348 }
5349 else
5350 {
5351 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx,
5352 R_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32);
5353 outrel.r_offset += 4;
5354 outrel.r_addend = 0;
5355 srelgot->reloc_count++;
5356 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5357 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
5358 }
5359 }
5360
5361 if (h != NULL)
5362 h->got.offset |= 1;
5363 else
5364 local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
5365 }
5366
5367 if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2)
5368 abort ();
5369
5370 if (r_type == (int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
5371 relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
5372 else
5373 {
5374 bfd_vma offset;
5375 unsigned short insn;
5376
5377 /* GD->IE transition:
5378 mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
5379 jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
5380 1: .long x$TLSGD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
5381 We change it into:
5382 mov.l 1f,r0; stc gbr,r4; mov.l @(r0,r12),r0; add r4,r0;
5383 nop; nop; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
5384 1: .long x@TPOFF; 2:...; 3:. */
5385
5386 offset = rel->r_offset;
5387 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
5388 /* Size of GD instructions is 16 or 18. */
5389 offset -= 16;
5390 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5391 if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
5392 {
5393 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
5394 offset -= 2;
5395 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5396 }
5397
5398 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400);
5399
5400 /* Replace mov.l 1f,R4 with mov.l 1f,r0. */
5401 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, insn & 0xf0ff, contents + offset);
5402
5403 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
5404 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700);
5405 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
5406 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100);
5407 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
5408 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c);
5409 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
5410 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b);
5411 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
5412 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc);
5413
5414 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0412, contents + offset + 2);
5415 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x00ce, contents + offset + 4);
5416 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x304c, contents + offset + 6);
5417 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
5418 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
5419
5420 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off,
5421 contents + rel->r_offset);
5422
5423 continue;
5424 }
5425
5426 addend = rel->r_addend;
5427
5428 goto final_link_relocate;
5429
5430 case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
5431 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
5432 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5433 if (! info->shared)
5434 {
5435 bfd_vma offset;
5436 unsigned short insn;
5437
5438 /* LD->LE transition:
5439 mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
5440 jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
5441 1: .long x$TLSLD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
5442 We change it into:
5443 stc gbr,r0; nop; nop; nop;
5444 nop; nop; bra 3f; ...; 3:. */
5445
5446 offset = rel->r_offset;
5447 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
5448 /* Size of LD instructions is 16 or 18. */
5449 offset -= 16;
5450 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5451 if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
5452 {
5453 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
5454 offset -= 2;
5455 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5456 }
5457
5458 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400);
5459 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
5460 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700);
5461 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
5462 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100);
5463 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
5464 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c);
5465 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
5466 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b);
5467 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
5468 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc);
5469
5470 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0012, contents + offset + 0);
5471 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 2);
5472 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 4);
5473 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 6);
5474 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
5475 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
5476
5477 continue;
5478 }
5479
5480 if (sgot == NULL || sgotplt == NULL)
5481 abort ();
5482
5483 off = htab->tls_ldm_got.offset;
5484 if (off & 1)
5485 off &= ~1;
5486 else
5487 {
5488 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
5489 bfd_byte *loc;
5490
5491 srelgot = htab->srelgot;
5492 if (srelgot == NULL)
5493 abort ();
5494
5495 outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
5496 + sgot->output_offset + off);
5497 outrel.r_addend = 0;
5498 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32);
5499 loc = srelgot->contents;
5500 loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5501 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
5502 htab->tls_ldm_got.offset |= 1;
5503 }
5504
5505 relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
5506 addend = rel->r_addend;
5507
5508 goto final_link_relocate;
5509
5510 case R_SH_TLS_LDO_32:
5511 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5512 if (! info->shared)
5513 relocation = tpoff (info, relocation);
5514 else
5515 relocation -= dtpoff_base (info);
5516
5517 addend = rel->r_addend;
5518 goto final_link_relocate;
5519
5520 case R_SH_TLS_LE_32:
5521 {
5522 int indx;
5523 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
5524 bfd_byte *loc;
5525
5526 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5527
5528 if (! info->shared)
5529 {
5530 relocation = tpoff (info, relocation);
5531 addend = rel->r_addend;
5532 goto final_link_relocate;
5533 }
5534
5535 if (sreloc == NULL)
5536 {
5537 sreloc = _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section
5538 (input_bfd, input_section, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
5539 if (sreloc == NULL)
5540 return FALSE;
5541 }
5542
5543 if (h == NULL || h->dynindx == -1)
5544 indx = 0;
5545 else
5546 indx = h->dynindx;
5547
5548 outrel.r_offset = (input_section->output_section->vma
5549 + input_section->output_offset
5550 + rel->r_offset);
5551 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32);
5552 if (indx == 0)
5553 outrel.r_addend = relocation - dtpoff_base (info);
5554 else
5555 outrel.r_addend = 0;
5556
5557 loc = sreloc->contents;
5558 loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5559 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
5560 continue;
5561 }
5562 }
5563
5564 relocation_done:
5565 if (fdpic_p && check_segment[0] != (unsigned) -1
5566 && check_segment[0] != check_segment[1])
5567 {
5568 /* We don't want duplicate errors for undefined symbols. */
5569 if (!h || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined)
5570 {
5571 if (info->shared)
5572 {
5573 info->callbacks->einfo
5574 (_("%X%C: relocation to \"%s\" references a different segment\n"),
5575 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, symname);
5576 return FALSE;
5577 }
5578 else
5579 info->callbacks->einfo
5580 (_("%C: warning: relocation to \"%s\" references a different segment\n"),
5581 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, symname);
5582 }
5583
5584 elf_elfheader (output_bfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_SH_PIC;
5585 }
5586
5587 if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
5588 {
5589 switch (r)
5590 {
5591 default:
5592 case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
5593 abort ();
5594 case bfd_reloc_overflow:
5595 {
5596 const char *name;
5597
5598 if (h != NULL)
5599 name = NULL;
5600 else
5601 {
5602 name = (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
5603 (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name));
5604 if (name == NULL)
5605 return FALSE;
5606 if (*name == '\0')
5607 name = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
5608 }
5609 if (! ((*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
5610 (info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), name, howto->name,
5611 (bfd_vma) 0, input_bfd, input_section,
5612 rel->r_offset)))
5613 return FALSE;
5614 }
5615 break;
5616 }
5617 }
5618 }
5619
5620 return TRUE;
5621 }
5622
5623 /* This is a version of bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents
5624 which uses sh_elf_relocate_section. */
5625
5626 static bfd_byte *
5627 sh_elf_get_relocated_section_contents (bfd *output_bfd,
5628 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
5629 struct bfd_link_order *link_order,
5630 bfd_byte *data,
5631 bfd_boolean relocatable,
5632 asymbol **symbols)
5633 {
5634 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5635 asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section;
5636 bfd *input_bfd = input_section->owner;
5637 asection **sections = NULL;
5638 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = NULL;
5639 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
5640
5641 /* We only need to handle the case of relaxing, or of having a
5642 particular set of section contents, specially. */
5643 if (relocatable
5644 || elf_section_data (input_section)->this_hdr.contents == NULL)
5645 return bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents (output_bfd, link_info,
5646 link_order, data,
5647 relocatable,
5648 symbols);
5649
5650 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
5651
5652 memcpy (data, elf_section_data (input_section)->this_hdr.contents,
5653 (size_t) input_section->size);
5654
5655 if ((input_section->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0
5656 && input_section->reloc_count > 0)
5657 {
5658 asection **secpp;
5659 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym, *isymend;
5660 bfd_size_type amt;
5661
5662 internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
5663 (input_bfd, input_section, NULL,
5664 (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, FALSE));
5665 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
5666 goto error_return;
5667
5668 if (symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
5669 {
5670 isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
5671 if (isymbuf == NULL)
5672 isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd, symtab_hdr,
5673 symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
5674 NULL, NULL, NULL);
5675 if (isymbuf == NULL)
5676 goto error_return;
5677 }
5678
5679 amt = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5680 amt *= sizeof (asection *);
5681 sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc (amt);
5682 if (sections == NULL && amt != 0)
5683 goto error_return;
5684
5685 isymend = isymbuf + symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5686 for (isym = isymbuf, secpp = sections; isym < isymend; ++isym, ++secpp)
5687 {
5688 asection *isec;
5689
5690 if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
5691 isec = bfd_und_section_ptr;
5692 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
5693 isec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
5694 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
5695 isec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
5696 else
5697 isec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd, isym->st_shndx);
5698
5699 *secpp = isec;
5700 }
5701
5702 if (! sh_elf_relocate_section (output_bfd, link_info, input_bfd,
5703 input_section, data, internal_relocs,
5704 isymbuf, sections))
5705 goto error_return;
5706
5707 if (sections != NULL)
5708 free (sections);
5709 if (isymbuf != NULL
5710 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
5711 free (isymbuf);
5712 if (elf_section_data (input_section)->relocs != internal_relocs)
5713 free (internal_relocs);
5714 }
5715
5716 return data;
5717
5718 error_return:
5719 if (sections != NULL)
5720 free (sections);
5721 if (isymbuf != NULL
5722 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
5723 free (isymbuf);
5724 if (internal_relocs != NULL
5725 && elf_section_data (input_section)->relocs != internal_relocs)
5726 free (internal_relocs);
5727 return NULL;
5728 }
5729
5730 /* Return the base VMA address which should be subtracted from real addresses
5731 when resolving @dtpoff relocation.
5732 This is PT_TLS segment p_vaddr. */
5733
5734 static bfd_vma
5735 dtpoff_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
5736 {
5737 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
5738 if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
5739 return 0;
5740 return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma;
5741 }
5742
5743 /* Return the relocation value for R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32.. */
5744
5745 static bfd_vma
5746 tpoff (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_vma address)
5747 {
5748 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
5749 if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
5750 return 0;
5751 /* SH TLS ABI is variant I and static TLS block start just after tcbhead
5752 structure which has 2 pointer fields. */
5753 return (address - elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma
5754 + align_power ((bfd_vma) 8,
5755 elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->alignment_power));
5756 }
5757
5758 static asection *
5759 sh_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
5760 struct bfd_link_info *info,
5761 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
5762 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
5763 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
5764 {
5765 if (h != NULL)
5766 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
5767 {
5768 case R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT:
5769 case R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY:
5770 return NULL;
5771 }
5772
5773 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
5774 }
5775
5776 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
5777
5778 static bfd_boolean
5779 sh_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
5780 asection *sec, const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
5781 {
5782 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5783 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
5784 bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
5785 union gotref *local_funcdesc;
5786 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
5787
5788 if (info->relocatable)
5789 return TRUE;
5790
5791 elf_section_data (sec)->local_dynrel = NULL;
5792
5793 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
5794 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
5795 local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
5796 local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (abfd);
5797
5798 relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
5799 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
5800 {
5801 unsigned long r_symndx;
5802 unsigned int r_type;
5803 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
5804 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5805 int seen_stt_datalabel = 0;
5806 #endif
5807
5808 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
5809 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
5810 {
5811 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
5812 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp;
5813 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
5814
5815 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
5816 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
5817 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
5818 {
5819 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5820 seen_stt_datalabel |= h->type == STT_DATALABEL;
5821 #endif
5822 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
5823 }
5824 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
5825 for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; pp = &p->next)
5826 if (p->sec == sec)
5827 {
5828 /* Everything must go for SEC. */
5829 *pp = p->next;
5830 break;
5831 }
5832 }
5833
5834 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
5835 switch (sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h != NULL))
5836 {
5837 case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
5838 if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount > 0)
5839 sh_elf_hash_table (info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount -= 1;
5840 break;
5841
5842 case R_SH_GOT32:
5843 case R_SH_GOT20:
5844 case R_SH_GOTOFF:
5845 case R_SH_GOTOFF20:
5846 case R_SH_GOTPC:
5847 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5848 case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
5849 case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
5850 case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
5851 case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
5852 case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
5853 case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
5854 case R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16:
5855 case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16:
5856 case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16:
5857 case R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16:
5858 case R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16:
5859 case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16:
5860 case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16:
5861 case R_SH_GOTPC_HI16:
5862 #endif
5863 case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
5864 case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
5865 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
5866 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
5867 if (h != NULL)
5868 {
5869 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5870 if (seen_stt_datalabel)
5871 {
5872 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
5873 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
5874 if (eh->datalabel_got.refcount > 0)
5875 eh->datalabel_got.refcount -= 1;
5876 }
5877 else
5878 #endif
5879 if (h->got.refcount > 0)
5880 h->got.refcount -= 1;
5881 }
5882 else if (local_got_refcounts != NULL)
5883 {
5884 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5885 if (rel->r_addend & 1)
5886 {
5887 if (local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] > 0)
5888 local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] -= 1;
5889 }
5890 else
5891 #endif
5892 if (local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] > 0)
5893 local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] -= 1;
5894 }
5895 break;
5896
5897 case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
5898 if (h != NULL)
5899 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->abs_funcdesc_refcount -= 1;
5900 else if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->fdpic_p && !info->shared)
5901 sh_elf_hash_table (info)->srofixup->size -= 4;
5902
5903 /* Fall through. */
5904
5905 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
5906 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
5907 if (h != NULL)
5908 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.refcount -= 1;
5909 else
5910 local_funcdesc[r_symndx].refcount -= 1;
5911 break;
5912
5913 case R_SH_DIR32:
5914 if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->fdpic_p && !info->shared
5915 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5916 sh_elf_hash_table (info)->srofixup->size -= 4;
5917 /* Fall thru */
5918
5919 case R_SH_REL32:
5920 if (info->shared)
5921 break;
5922 /* Fall thru */
5923
5924 case R_SH_PLT32:
5925 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5926 case R_SH_PLT_LOW16:
5927 case R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16:
5928 case R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16:
5929 case R_SH_PLT_HI16:
5930 #endif
5931 if (h != NULL)
5932 {
5933 if (h->plt.refcount > 0)
5934 h->plt.refcount -= 1;
5935 }
5936 break;
5937
5938 case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
5939 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5940 case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
5941 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
5942 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
5943 case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
5944 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
5945 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
5946 #endif
5947 if (h != NULL)
5948 {
5949 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
5950 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
5951 if (eh->gotplt_refcount > 0)
5952 {
5953 eh->gotplt_refcount -= 1;
5954 if (h->plt.refcount > 0)
5955 h->plt.refcount -= 1;
5956 }
5957 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5958 else if (seen_stt_datalabel)
5959 {
5960 if (eh->datalabel_got.refcount > 0)
5961 eh->datalabel_got.refcount -= 1;
5962 }
5963 #endif
5964 else if (h->got.refcount > 0)
5965 h->got.refcount -= 1;
5966 }
5967 else if (local_got_refcounts != NULL)
5968 {
5969 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5970 if (rel->r_addend & 1)
5971 {
5972 if (local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] > 0)
5973 local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] -= 1;
5974 }
5975 else
5976 #endif
5977 if (local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] > 0)
5978 local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] -= 1;
5979 }
5980 break;
5981
5982 default:
5983 break;
5984 }
5985 }
5986
5987 return TRUE;
5988 }
5989
5990 /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */
5991
5992 static void
5993 sh_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
5994 struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
5995 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
5996 {
5997 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *edir, *eind;
5998
5999 edir = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) dir;
6000 eind = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) ind;
6001
6002 if (eind->dyn_relocs != NULL)
6003 {
6004 if (edir->dyn_relocs != NULL)
6005 {
6006 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp;
6007 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
6008
6009 /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
6010 list. Merge any entries against the same section. */
6011 for (pp = &eind->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
6012 {
6013 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *q;
6014
6015 for (q = edir->dyn_relocs; q != NULL; q = q->next)
6016 if (q->sec == p->sec)
6017 {
6018 q->pc_count += p->pc_count;
6019 q->count += p->count;
6020 *pp = p->next;
6021 break;
6022 }
6023 if (q == NULL)
6024 pp = &p->next;
6025 }
6026 *pp = edir->dyn_relocs;
6027 }
6028
6029 edir->dyn_relocs = eind->dyn_relocs;
6030 eind->dyn_relocs = NULL;
6031 }
6032 edir->gotplt_refcount = eind->gotplt_refcount;
6033 eind->gotplt_refcount = 0;
6034 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6035 edir->datalabel_got.refcount += eind->datalabel_got.refcount;
6036 eind->datalabel_got.refcount = 0;
6037 #endif
6038 edir->funcdesc.refcount += eind->funcdesc.refcount;
6039 eind->funcdesc.refcount = 0;
6040 edir->abs_funcdesc_refcount += eind->abs_funcdesc_refcount;
6041 eind->abs_funcdesc_refcount = 0;
6042
6043 if (ind->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
6044 && dir->got.refcount <= 0)
6045 {
6046 edir->got_type = eind->got_type;
6047 eind->got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
6048 }
6049
6050 if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect
6051 && dir->dynamic_adjusted)
6052 {
6053 /* If called to transfer flags for a weakdef during processing
6054 of elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, don't copy non_got_ref.
6055 We clear it ourselves for ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS. */
6056 dir->ref_dynamic |= ind->ref_dynamic;
6057 dir->ref_regular |= ind->ref_regular;
6058 dir->ref_regular_nonweak |= ind->ref_regular_nonweak;
6059 dir->needs_plt |= ind->needs_plt;
6060 }
6061 else
6062 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind);
6063 }
6064
6065 static int
6066 sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (struct bfd_link_info *info, int r_type,
6067 int is_local)
6068 {
6069 if (info->shared)
6070 return r_type;
6071
6072 switch (r_type)
6073 {
6074 case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
6075 case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
6076 if (is_local)
6077 return R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
6078 return R_SH_TLS_IE_32;
6079 case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
6080 return R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
6081 }
6082
6083 return r_type;
6084 }
6085
6086 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase.
6087 Since we don't do .gots or .plts, we just need to consider the
6088 virtual table relocs for gc. */
6089
6090 static bfd_boolean
6091 sh_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *sec,
6092 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
6093 {
6094 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
6095 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
6096 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
6097 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
6098 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
6099 asection *sreloc;
6100 unsigned int r_type;
6101 int got_type, old_got_type;
6102
6103 sreloc = NULL;
6104
6105 if (info->relocatable)
6106 return TRUE;
6107
6108 BFD_ASSERT (is_sh_elf (abfd));
6109
6110 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
6111 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
6112
6113 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
6114 if (htab == NULL)
6115 return FALSE;
6116
6117 rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
6118 for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++)
6119 {
6120 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
6121 unsigned long r_symndx;
6122 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6123 int seen_stt_datalabel = 0;
6124 #endif
6125
6126 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
6127 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
6128
6129 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
6130 h = NULL;
6131 else
6132 {
6133 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
6134 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
6135 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
6136 {
6137 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6138 seen_stt_datalabel |= h->type == STT_DATALABEL;
6139 #endif
6140 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
6141 }
6142 }
6143
6144 r_type = sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h == NULL);
6145 if (! info->shared
6146 && r_type == R_SH_TLS_IE_32
6147 && h != NULL
6148 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined
6149 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
6150 && (h->dynindx == -1
6151 || h->def_regular))
6152 r_type = R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
6153
6154 if (htab->fdpic_p)
6155 switch (r_type)
6156 {
6157 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
6158 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
6159 case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
6160 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
6161 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
6162 if (h != NULL)
6163 {
6164 if (h->dynindx == -1)
6165 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))
6166 {
6167 case STV_INTERNAL:
6168 case STV_HIDDEN:
6169 break;
6170 default:
6171 bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h);
6172 break;
6173 }
6174 }
6175 break;
6176 }
6177
6178 /* Some relocs require a global offset table. */
6179 if (htab->sgot == NULL)
6180 {
6181 switch (r_type)
6182 {
6183 case R_SH_DIR32:
6184 /* This may require an rofixup. */
6185 if (!htab->fdpic_p)
6186 break;
6187 case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
6188 case R_SH_GOT32:
6189 case R_SH_GOT20:
6190 case R_SH_GOTOFF:
6191 case R_SH_GOTOFF20:
6192 case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
6193 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
6194 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
6195 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
6196 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
6197 case R_SH_GOTPC:
6198 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6199 case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
6200 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
6201 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
6202 case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
6203 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
6204 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
6205 case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
6206 case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
6207 case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
6208 case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
6209 case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
6210 case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
6211 case R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16:
6212 case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16:
6213 case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16:
6214 case R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16:
6215 case R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16:
6216 case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16:
6217 case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16:
6218 case R_SH_GOTPC_HI16:
6219 #endif
6220 case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
6221 case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
6222 case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
6223 if (htab->root.dynobj == NULL)
6224 htab->root.dynobj = abfd;
6225 if (!create_got_section (htab->root.dynobj, info))
6226 return FALSE;
6227 break;
6228
6229 default:
6230 break;
6231 }
6232 }
6233
6234 switch (r_type)
6235 {
6236 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
6237 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
6238 case R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT:
6239 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
6240 return FALSE;
6241 break;
6242
6243 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
6244 used. Record for later use during GC. */
6245 case R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY:
6246 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
6247 if (h != NULL
6248 && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend))
6249 return FALSE;
6250 break;
6251
6252 case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
6253 if (info->shared)
6254 info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
6255
6256 /* FALLTHROUGH */
6257 force_got:
6258 case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
6259 case R_SH_GOT32:
6260 case R_SH_GOT20:
6261 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6262 case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
6263 case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
6264 case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
6265 case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
6266 case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
6267 case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
6268 #endif
6269 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
6270 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
6271 switch (r_type)
6272 {
6273 default:
6274 got_type = GOT_NORMAL;
6275 break;
6276 case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
6277 got_type = GOT_TLS_GD;
6278 break;
6279 case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
6280 got_type = GOT_TLS_IE;
6281 break;
6282 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
6283 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
6284 got_type = GOT_FUNCDESC;
6285 break;
6286 }
6287
6288 if (h != NULL)
6289 {
6290 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6291 if (seen_stt_datalabel)
6292 {
6293 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh
6294 = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
6295
6296 eh->datalabel_got.refcount += 1;
6297 }
6298 else
6299 #endif
6300 h->got.refcount += 1;
6301 old_got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
6302 }
6303 else
6304 {
6305 bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
6306
6307 /* This is a global offset table entry for a local
6308 symbol. */
6309 local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
6310 if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
6311 {
6312 bfd_size_type size;
6313
6314 size = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
6315 size *= sizeof (bfd_signed_vma);
6316 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6317 /* Reserve space for both the datalabel and
6318 codelabel local GOT offsets. */
6319 size *= 2;
6320 #endif
6321 size += symtab_hdr->sh_info;
6322 local_got_refcounts = ((bfd_signed_vma *)
6323 bfd_zalloc (abfd, size));
6324 if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
6325 return FALSE;
6326 elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_got_refcounts;
6327 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6328 /* Take care of both the datalabel and codelabel local
6329 GOT offsets. */
6330 sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd)
6331 = (char *) (local_got_refcounts + 2 * symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6332 #else
6333 sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd)
6334 = (char *) (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6335 #endif
6336 }
6337 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6338 if (rel->r_addend & 1)
6339 local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] += 1;
6340 else
6341 #endif
6342 local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1;
6343 old_got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd) [r_symndx];
6344 }
6345
6346 /* If a TLS symbol is accessed using IE at least once,
6347 there is no point to use dynamic model for it. */
6348 if (old_got_type != got_type && old_got_type != GOT_UNKNOWN
6349 && (old_got_type != GOT_TLS_GD || got_type != GOT_TLS_IE))
6350 {
6351 if (old_got_type == GOT_TLS_IE && got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
6352 got_type = GOT_TLS_IE;
6353 else
6354 {
6355 if ((old_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
6356 && (old_got_type == GOT_NORMAL || got_type == GOT_NORMAL))
6357 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6358 (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as normal and FDPIC symbol"),
6359 abfd, h->root.root.string);
6360 else if (old_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC
6361 || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
6362 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6363 (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as FDPIC and thread local symbol"),
6364 abfd, h->root.root.string);
6365 else
6366 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6367 (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as normal and thread local symbol"),
6368 abfd, h->root.root.string);
6369 return FALSE;
6370 }
6371 }
6372
6373 if (old_got_type != got_type)
6374 {
6375 if (h != NULL)
6376 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type = got_type;
6377 else
6378 sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd) [r_symndx] = got_type;
6379 }
6380
6381 break;
6382
6383 case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
6384 sh_elf_hash_table(info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount += 1;
6385 break;
6386
6387 case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
6388 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
6389 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
6390 if (rel->r_addend)
6391 {
6392 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6393 (_("%B: Function descriptor relocation with non-zero addend"),
6394 abfd);
6395 return FALSE;
6396 }
6397
6398 if (h == NULL)
6399 {
6400 union gotref *local_funcdesc;
6401
6402 /* We need a function descriptor for a local symbol. */
6403 local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (abfd);
6404 if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
6405 {
6406 bfd_size_type size;
6407
6408 size = symtab_hdr->sh_info * sizeof (union gotref);
6409 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6410 /* Count datalabel local GOT. */
6411 size *= 2;
6412 #endif
6413 local_funcdesc = (union gotref *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, size);
6414 if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
6415 return FALSE;
6416 sh_elf_local_funcdesc (abfd) = local_funcdesc;
6417 }
6418 local_funcdesc[r_symndx].refcount += 1;
6419
6420 if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
6421 {
6422 if (!info->shared)
6423 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
6424 else
6425 htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6426 }
6427 }
6428 else
6429 {
6430 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.refcount++;
6431 if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
6432 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->abs_funcdesc_refcount++;
6433
6434 /* If there is a function descriptor reference, then
6435 there should not be any non-FDPIC references. */
6436 old_got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
6437 if (old_got_type != GOT_FUNCDESC && old_got_type != GOT_UNKNOWN)
6438 {
6439 if (old_got_type == GOT_NORMAL)
6440 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6441 (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as normal and FDPIC symbol"),
6442 abfd, h->root.root.string);
6443 else
6444 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6445 (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as FDPIC and thread local symbol"),
6446 abfd, h->root.root.string);
6447 }
6448 }
6449 break;
6450
6451 case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
6452 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6453 case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
6454 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
6455 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
6456 case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
6457 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
6458 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
6459 #endif
6460 /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without
6461 creating a procedure linkage table entry. */
6462
6463 if (h == NULL
6464 || h->forced_local
6465 || ! info->shared
6466 || info->symbolic
6467 || h->dynindx == -1)
6468 goto force_got;
6469
6470 h->needs_plt = 1;
6471 h->plt.refcount += 1;
6472 ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h)->gotplt_refcount += 1;
6473
6474 break;
6475
6476 case R_SH_PLT32:
6477 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6478 case R_SH_PLT_LOW16:
6479 case R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16:
6480 case R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16:
6481 case R_SH_PLT_HI16:
6482 #endif
6483 /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. We
6484 actually build the entry in adjust_dynamic_symbol,
6485 because this might be a case of linking PIC code which is
6486 never referenced by a dynamic object, in which case we
6487 don't need to generate a procedure linkage table entry
6488 after all. */
6489
6490 /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without
6491 creating a procedure linkage table entry. */
6492 if (h == NULL)
6493 continue;
6494
6495 if (h->forced_local)
6496 break;
6497
6498 h->needs_plt = 1;
6499 h->plt.refcount += 1;
6500 break;
6501
6502 case R_SH_DIR32:
6503 case R_SH_REL32:
6504 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6505 case R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL:
6506 case R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL:
6507 case R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL:
6508 case R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL:
6509 #endif
6510 if (h != NULL && ! info->shared)
6511 {
6512 h->non_got_ref = 1;
6513 h->plt.refcount += 1;
6514 }
6515
6516 /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
6517 against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
6518 against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
6519 into the shared library. However, if we are linking with
6520 -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
6521 global symbol which is defined in an object we are
6522 including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At
6523 this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
6524 possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
6525 later (it is never cleared). We account for that
6526 possibility below by storing information in the
6527 dyn_relocs field of the hash table entry. A similar
6528 situation occurs when creating shared libraries and symbol
6529 visibility changes render the symbol local.
6530
6531 If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
6532 may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
6533 dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
6534 symbol. */
6535 if ((info->shared
6536 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
6537 && (r_type != R_SH_REL32
6538 || (h != NULL
6539 && (! info->symbolic
6540 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
6541 || !h->def_regular))))
6542 || (! info->shared
6543 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
6544 && h != NULL
6545 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
6546 || !h->def_regular)))
6547 {
6548 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
6549 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **head;
6550
6551 if (htab->root.dynobj == NULL)
6552 htab->root.dynobj = abfd;
6553
6554 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
6555 reloc types into the output file. We create a reloc
6556 section in dynobj and make room for this reloc. */
6557 if (sreloc == NULL)
6558 {
6559 sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
6560 (sec, htab->root.dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
6561
6562 if (sreloc == NULL)
6563 return FALSE;
6564 }
6565
6566 /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
6567 relocations we need for this symbol. */
6568 if (h != NULL)
6569 head = &((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h)->dyn_relocs;
6570 else
6571 {
6572 /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too. */
6573 asection *s;
6574 void *vpp;
6575 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
6576
6577 isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
6578 abfd, r_symndx);
6579 if (isym == NULL)
6580 return FALSE;
6581
6582 s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
6583 if (s == NULL)
6584 s = sec;
6585
6586 vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel;
6587 head = (struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **) vpp;
6588 }
6589
6590 p = *head;
6591 if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec)
6592 {
6593 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*p);
6594 p = bfd_alloc (htab->root.dynobj, amt);
6595 if (p == NULL)
6596 return FALSE;
6597 p->next = *head;
6598 *head = p;
6599 p->sec = sec;
6600 p->count = 0;
6601 p->pc_count = 0;
6602 }
6603
6604 p->count += 1;
6605 if (r_type == R_SH_REL32
6606 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6607 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL
6608 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL
6609 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL
6610 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL
6611 #endif
6612 )
6613 p->pc_count += 1;
6614 }
6615
6616 /* Allocate the fixup regardless of whether we need a relocation.
6617 If we end up generating the relocation, we'll unallocate the
6618 fixup. */
6619 if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared
6620 && r_type == R_SH_DIR32
6621 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
6622 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
6623 break;
6624
6625 case R_SH_TLS_LE_32:
6626 if (info->shared)
6627 {
6628 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6629 (_("%B: TLS local exec code cannot be linked into shared objects"),
6630 abfd);
6631 return FALSE;
6632 }
6633
6634 break;
6635
6636 case R_SH_TLS_LDO_32:
6637 /* Nothing to do. */
6638 break;
6639
6640 default:
6641 break;
6642 }
6643 }
6644
6645 return TRUE;
6646 }
6647
6648 #ifndef sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags
6649 static unsigned int sh_ef_bfd_table[] = { EF_SH_BFD_TABLE };
6650
6651 static bfd_boolean
6652 sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (bfd *abfd)
6653 {
6654 flagword flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_MACH_MASK;
6655
6656 if (flags >= sizeof(sh_ef_bfd_table))
6657 return FALSE;
6658
6659 if (sh_ef_bfd_table[flags] == 0)
6660 return FALSE;
6661
6662 bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_sh, sh_ef_bfd_table[flags]);
6663
6664 return TRUE;
6665 }
6666
6667
6668 /* Reverse table lookup for sh_ef_bfd_table[].
6669 Given a bfd MACH value from archures.c
6670 return the equivalent ELF flags from the table.
6671 Return -1 if no match is found. */
6672
6673 int
6674 sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (unsigned long mach)
6675 {
6676 int i = ARRAY_SIZE (sh_ef_bfd_table) - 1;
6677
6678 for (; i>0; i--)
6679 if (sh_ef_bfd_table[i] == mach)
6680 return i;
6681
6682 /* shouldn't get here */
6683 BFD_FAIL();
6684
6685 return -1;
6686 }
6687 #endif /* not sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags */
6688
6689 #ifndef sh_elf_set_private_flags
6690 /* Function to keep SH specific file flags. */
6691
6692 static bfd_boolean
6693 sh_elf_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags)
6694 {
6695 BFD_ASSERT (! elf_flags_init (abfd)
6696 || elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags);
6697
6698 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags;
6699 elf_flags_init (abfd) = TRUE;
6700 return sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (abfd);
6701 }
6702 #endif /* not sh_elf_set_private_flags */
6703
6704 #ifndef sh_elf_copy_private_data
6705 /* Copy backend specific data from one object module to another */
6706
6707 static bfd_boolean
6708 sh_elf_copy_private_data (bfd * ibfd, bfd * obfd)
6709 {
6710 /* Copy object attributes. */
6711 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
6712
6713 if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd) || ! is_sh_elf (obfd))
6714 return TRUE;
6715
6716 /* Copy the stack size. */
6717 if (elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr && elf_tdata (obfd)->phdr
6718 && fdpic_object_p (ibfd) && fdpic_object_p (obfd))
6719 {
6720 unsigned i;
6721
6722 for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum; i++)
6723 if (elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr[i].p_type == PT_GNU_STACK)
6724 {
6725 Elf_Internal_Phdr *iphdr = &elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr[i];
6726
6727 for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_phnum; i++)
6728 if (elf_tdata (obfd)->phdr[i].p_type == PT_GNU_STACK)
6729 {
6730 memcpy (&elf_tdata (obfd)->phdr[i], iphdr, sizeof (*iphdr));
6731
6732 /* Rewrite the phdrs, since we're only called after they
6733 were first written. */
6734 if (bfd_seek (obfd,
6735 (bfd_signed_vma) get_elf_backend_data (obfd)
6736 ->s->sizeof_ehdr, SEEK_SET) != 0
6737 || get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->s
6738 ->write_out_phdrs (obfd, elf_tdata (obfd)->phdr,
6739 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_phnum) != 0)
6740 return FALSE;
6741 break;
6742 }
6743
6744 break;
6745 }
6746 }
6747
6748 return sh_elf_set_private_flags (obfd, elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags);
6749 }
6750 #endif /* not sh_elf_copy_private_data */
6751
6752 #ifndef sh_elf_merge_private_data
6753
6754 /* This function returns the ELF architecture number that
6755 corresponds to the given arch_sh* flags. */
6756
6757 int
6758 sh_find_elf_flags (unsigned int arch_set)
6759 {
6760 extern unsigned long sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (unsigned int);
6761 unsigned long bfd_mach = sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (arch_set);
6762
6763 return sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (bfd_mach);
6764 }
6765
6766 /* This routine initialises the elf flags when required and
6767 calls sh_merge_bfd_arch() to check dsp/fpu compatibility. */
6768
6769 static bfd_boolean
6770 sh_elf_merge_private_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
6771 {
6772 extern bfd_boolean sh_merge_bfd_arch (bfd *, bfd *);
6773
6774 if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd) || ! is_sh_elf (obfd))
6775 return TRUE;
6776
6777 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd))
6778 {
6779 /* This happens when ld starts out with a 'blank' output file. */
6780 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
6781 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
6782 sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (obfd);
6783 if (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC)
6784 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= EF_SH_PIC;
6785 }
6786
6787 if (! sh_merge_bfd_arch (ibfd, obfd))
6788 {
6789 _bfd_error_handler ("%B: uses instructions which are incompatible "
6790 "with instructions used in previous modules",
6791 ibfd);
6792 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
6793 return FALSE;
6794 }
6795
6796 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_SH_MACH_MASK;
6797 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |=
6798 sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (bfd_get_mach (obfd));
6799
6800 if (fdpic_object_p (ibfd) != fdpic_object_p (obfd))
6801 {
6802 _bfd_error_handler ("%B: attempt to mix FDPIC and non-FDPIC objects",
6803 ibfd);
6804 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
6805 return FALSE;
6806 }
6807
6808 return TRUE;
6809 }
6810 #endif /* not sh_elf_merge_private_data */
6811
6812 /* Override the generic function because we need to store sh_elf_obj_tdata
6813 as the specific tdata. We set also the machine architecture from flags
6814 here. */
6815
6816 static bfd_boolean
6817 sh_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd)
6818 {
6819 if (! sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (abfd))
6820 return FALSE;
6821
6822 return (((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC) != 0)
6823 == fdpic_object_p (abfd));
6824 }
6825
6826 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
6827 dynamic sections here. */
6828
6829 static bfd_boolean
6830 sh_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
6831 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
6832 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
6833 {
6834 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
6835
6836 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
6837 if (htab == NULL)
6838 return FALSE;
6839
6840 if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
6841 {
6842 asection *splt;
6843 asection *sgotplt;
6844 asection *srelplt;
6845
6846 bfd_vma plt_index;
6847 bfd_vma got_offset;
6848 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
6849 bfd_byte *loc;
6850 const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
6851
6852 /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table. Set
6853 it up. */
6854
6855 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
6856
6857 splt = htab->splt;
6858 sgotplt = htab->sgotplt;
6859 srelplt = htab->srelplt;
6860 BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL && sgotplt != NULL && srelplt != NULL);
6861
6862 /* Get the index in the procedure linkage table which
6863 corresponds to this symbol. This is the index of this symbol
6864 in all the symbols for which we are making plt entries. The
6865 first entry in the procedure linkage table is reserved. */
6866 plt_index = get_plt_index (htab->plt_info, h->plt.offset);
6867
6868 plt_info = htab->plt_info;
6869 if (plt_info->short_plt != NULL && plt_index <= MAX_SHORT_PLT)
6870 plt_info = plt_info->short_plt;
6871
6872 /* Get the offset into the .got table of the entry that
6873 corresponds to this function. */
6874 if (htab->fdpic_p)
6875 /* The offset must be relative to the GOT symbol, twelve bytes
6876 before the end of .got.plt. Each descriptor is eight
6877 bytes. */
6878 got_offset = plt_index * 8 + 12 - sgotplt->size;
6879 else
6880 /* Each .got entry is 4 bytes. The first three are
6881 reserved. */
6882 got_offset = (plt_index + 3) * 4;
6883
6884 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
6885 if (info->shared)
6886 got_offset -= GOT_BIAS;
6887 #endif
6888
6889 /* Fill in the entry in the procedure linkage table. */
6890 memcpy (splt->contents + h->plt.offset,
6891 plt_info->symbol_entry,
6892 plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
6893
6894 if (info->shared || htab->fdpic_p)
6895 {
6896 if (plt_info->symbol_fields.got20)
6897 {
6898 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
6899 r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, got_offset,
6900 splt->owner, splt, splt->contents,
6901 h->plt.offset
6902 + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry);
6903 BFD_ASSERT (r == bfd_reloc_ok);
6904 }
6905 else
6906 install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE, got_offset,
6907 (splt->contents
6908 + h->plt.offset
6909 + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry));
6910 }
6911 else
6912 {
6913 BFD_ASSERT (!plt_info->symbol_fields.got20);
6914
6915 install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE,
6916 (sgotplt->output_section->vma
6917 + sgotplt->output_offset
6918 + got_offset),
6919 (splt->contents
6920 + h->plt.offset
6921 + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry));
6922 if (htab->vxworks_p)
6923 {
6924 unsigned int reachable_plts, plts_per_4k;
6925 int distance;
6926
6927 /* Divide the PLT into groups. The first group contains
6928 REACHABLE_PLTS entries and the other groups contain
6929 PLTS_PER_4K entries. Entries in the first group can
6930 branch directly to .plt; those in later groups branch
6931 to the last element of the previous group. */
6932 /* ??? It would be better to create multiple copies of
6933 the common resolver stub. */
6934 reachable_plts = ((4096
6935 - plt_info->plt0_entry_size
6936 - (plt_info->symbol_fields.plt + 4))
6937 / plt_info->symbol_entry_size) + 1;
6938 plts_per_4k = (4096 / plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
6939 if (plt_index < reachable_plts)
6940 distance = -(h->plt.offset
6941 + plt_info->symbol_fields.plt);
6942 else
6943 distance = -(((plt_index - reachable_plts) % plts_per_4k + 1)
6944 * plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
6945
6946 /* Install the 'bra' with this offset. */
6947 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd,
6948 0xa000 | (0x0fff & ((distance - 4) / 2)),
6949 (splt->contents
6950 + h->plt.offset
6951 + plt_info->symbol_fields.plt));
6952 }
6953 else
6954 install_plt_field (output_bfd, TRUE,
6955 splt->output_section->vma + splt->output_offset,
6956 (splt->contents
6957 + h->plt.offset
6958 + plt_info->symbol_fields.plt));
6959 }
6960
6961 /* Make got_offset relative to the start of .got.plt. */
6962 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
6963 if (info->shared)
6964 got_offset += GOT_BIAS;
6965 #endif
6966 if (htab->fdpic_p)
6967 got_offset = plt_index * 8;
6968
6969 if (plt_info->symbol_fields.reloc_offset != MINUS_ONE)
6970 install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE,
6971 plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela),
6972 (splt->contents
6973 + h->plt.offset
6974 + plt_info->symbol_fields.reloc_offset));
6975
6976 /* Fill in the entry in the global offset table. */
6977 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
6978 (splt->output_section->vma
6979 + splt->output_offset
6980 + h->plt.offset
6981 + plt_info->symbol_resolve_offset),
6982 sgotplt->contents + got_offset);
6983 if (htab->fdpic_p)
6984 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
6985 sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
6986 htab->splt->output_section),
6987 sgotplt->contents + got_offset + 4);
6988
6989 /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section. */
6990 rel.r_offset = (sgotplt->output_section->vma
6991 + sgotplt->output_offset
6992 + got_offset);
6993 if (htab->fdpic_p)
6994 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_FUNCDESC_VALUE);
6995 else
6996 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_JMP_SLOT);
6997 rel.r_addend = 0;
6998 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
6999 rel.r_addend = GOT_BIAS;
7000 #endif
7001 loc = srelplt->contents + plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7002 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7003
7004 if (htab->vxworks_p && !info->shared)
7005 {
7006 /* Create the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations for this PLT entry.
7007 Begin by pointing LOC to the first such relocation. */
7008 loc = (htab->srelplt2->contents
7009 + (plt_index * 2 + 1) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
7010
7011 /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation
7012 for the PLT entry's pointer to the .got.plt entry. */
7013 rel.r_offset = (htab->splt->output_section->vma
7014 + htab->splt->output_offset
7015 + h->plt.offset
7016 + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry);
7017 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
7018 rel.r_addend = got_offset;
7019 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7020 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7021
7022 /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation for
7023 the .got.plt entry, which initially points to .plt. */
7024 rel.r_offset = (sgotplt->output_section->vma
7025 + sgotplt->output_offset
7026 + got_offset);
7027 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
7028 rel.r_addend = 0;
7029 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7030 }
7031
7032 if (!h->def_regular)
7033 {
7034 /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as defined in
7035 the .plt section. Leave the value alone. */
7036 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
7037 }
7038 }
7039
7040 if (h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1
7041 && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_TLS_GD
7042 && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_TLS_IE
7043 && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_FUNCDESC)
7044 {
7045 asection *sgot;
7046 asection *srelgot;
7047 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
7048 bfd_byte *loc;
7049
7050 /* This symbol has an entry in the global offset table. Set it
7051 up. */
7052
7053 sgot = htab->sgot;
7054 srelgot = htab->srelgot;
7055 BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srelgot != NULL);
7056
7057 rel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
7058 + sgot->output_offset
7059 + (h->got.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1));
7060
7061 /* If this is a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic link and the
7062 symbol is defined locally or was forced to be local because
7063 of a version file, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc.
7064 The entry in the global offset table will already have been
7065 initialized in the relocate_section function. */
7066 if (info->shared
7067 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
7068 {
7069 if (htab->fdpic_p)
7070 {
7071 asection *sec = h->root.u.def.section;
7072 int dynindx
7073 = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
7074
7075 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
7076 rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
7077 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7078 }
7079 else
7080 {
7081 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
7082 rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
7083 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
7084 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7085 }
7086 }
7087 else
7088 {
7089 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + h->got.offset);
7090 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_GLOB_DAT);
7091 rel.r_addend = 0;
7092 }
7093
7094 loc = srelgot->contents;
7095 loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7096 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7097 }
7098
7099 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
7100 {
7101 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
7102
7103 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
7104 if (eh->datalabel_got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
7105 {
7106 asection *sgot;
7107 asection *srelgot;
7108 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
7109 bfd_byte *loc;
7110
7111 /* This symbol has a datalabel entry in the global offset table.
7112 Set it up. */
7113
7114 sgot = htab->sgot;
7115 srelgot = htab->srelgot;
7116 BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srelgot != NULL);
7117
7118 rel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
7119 + sgot->output_offset
7120 + (eh->datalabel_got.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1));
7121
7122 /* If this is a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic link and the
7123 symbol is defined locally or was forced to be local because
7124 of a version file, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc.
7125 The entry in the global offset table will already have been
7126 initialized in the relocate_section function. */
7127 if (info->shared
7128 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
7129 {
7130 if (htab->fdpic_p)
7131 {
7132 asection *sec = h->root.u.def.section;
7133 int dynindx
7134 = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
7135
7136 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
7137 rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
7138 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7139 }
7140 else
7141 {
7142 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
7143 rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
7144 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
7145 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7146 }
7147 }
7148 else
7149 {
7150 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents
7151 + eh->datalabel_got.offset);
7152 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_GLOB_DAT);
7153 rel.r_addend = 0;
7154 }
7155
7156 loc = srelgot->contents;
7157 loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7158 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7159 }
7160 }
7161 #endif
7162
7163 if (h->needs_copy)
7164 {
7165 asection *s;
7166 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
7167 bfd_byte *loc;
7168
7169 /* This symbol needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
7170
7171 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
7172 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
7173 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak));
7174
7175 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (h->root.u.def.section->owner,
7176 ".rela.bss");
7177 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
7178
7179 rel.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.value
7180 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
7181 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7182 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_COPY);
7183 rel.r_addend = 0;
7184 loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7185 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7186 }
7187
7188 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. On VxWorks,
7189 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is not absolute: it is relative to the
7190 ".got" section. */
7191 if (strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_DYNAMIC") == 0
7192 || (!htab->vxworks_p && h == htab->root.hgot))
7193 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
7194
7195 return TRUE;
7196 }
7197
7198 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
7199
7200 static bfd_boolean
7201 sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
7202 {
7203 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
7204 asection *sgotplt;
7205 asection *sdyn;
7206
7207 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
7208 if (htab == NULL)
7209 return FALSE;
7210
7211 sgotplt = htab->sgotplt;
7212 sdyn = bfd_get_section_by_name (htab->root.dynobj, ".dynamic");
7213
7214 if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
7215 {
7216 asection *splt;
7217 Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
7218
7219 BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL && sdyn != NULL);
7220
7221 dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
7222 dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size);
7223 for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
7224 {
7225 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
7226 asection *s;
7227 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
7228 const char *name;
7229 #endif
7230
7231 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (htab->root.dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
7232
7233 switch (dyn.d_tag)
7234 {
7235 default:
7236 if (htab->vxworks_p
7237 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn))
7238 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7239 break;
7240
7241 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
7242 case DT_INIT:
7243 name = info->init_function;
7244 goto get_sym;
7245
7246 case DT_FINI:
7247 name = info->fini_function;
7248 get_sym:
7249 if (dyn.d_un.d_val != 0)
7250 {
7251 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7252
7253 h = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->root, name,
7254 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
7255 if (h != NULL && (h->other & STO_SH5_ISA32))
7256 {
7257 dyn.d_un.d_val |= 1;
7258 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7259 }
7260 }
7261 break;
7262 #endif
7263
7264 case DT_PLTGOT:
7265 BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.hgot != NULL);
7266 s = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section;
7267 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
7268 + s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
7269 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7270 break;
7271
7272 case DT_JMPREL:
7273 s = htab->srelplt->output_section;
7274 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
7275 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
7276 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7277 break;
7278
7279 case DT_PLTRELSZ:
7280 s = htab->srelplt->output_section;
7281 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
7282 dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size;
7283 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7284 break;
7285
7286 case DT_RELASZ:
7287 /* My reading of the SVR4 ABI indicates that the
7288 procedure linkage table relocs (DT_JMPREL) should be
7289 included in the overall relocs (DT_RELA). This is
7290 what Solaris does. However, UnixWare can not handle
7291 that case. Therefore, we override the DT_RELASZ entry
7292 here to make it not include the JMPREL relocs. Since
7293 the linker script arranges for .rela.plt to follow all
7294 other relocation sections, we don't have to worry
7295 about changing the DT_RELA entry. */
7296 if (htab->srelplt != NULL)
7297 {
7298 s = htab->srelplt->output_section;
7299 dyn.d_un.d_val -= s->size;
7300 }
7301 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7302 break;
7303 }
7304 }
7305
7306 /* Fill in the first entry in the procedure linkage table. */
7307 splt = htab->splt;
7308 if (splt && splt->size > 0 && htab->plt_info->plt0_entry)
7309 {
7310 unsigned int i;
7311
7312 memcpy (splt->contents,
7313 htab->plt_info->plt0_entry,
7314 htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size);
7315 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields); i++)
7316 if (htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[i] != MINUS_ONE)
7317 install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE,
7318 (sgotplt->output_section->vma
7319 + sgotplt->output_offset
7320 + (i * 4)),
7321 (splt->contents
7322 + htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[i]));
7323
7324 if (htab->vxworks_p)
7325 {
7326 /* Finalize the .rela.plt.unloaded contents. */
7327 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
7328 bfd_byte *loc;
7329
7330 /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the
7331 first PLT entry's pointer to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + 8. */
7332 loc = htab->srelplt2->contents;
7333 rel.r_offset = (splt->output_section->vma
7334 + splt->output_offset
7335 + htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[2]);
7336 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
7337 rel.r_addend = 8;
7338 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7339 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7340
7341 /* Fix up the remaining .rela.plt.unloaded relocations.
7342 They may have the wrong symbol index for _G_O_T_ or
7343 _P_L_T_ depending on the order in which symbols were
7344 output. */
7345 while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size)
7346 {
7347 /* The PLT entry's pointer to the .got.plt slot. */
7348 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
7349 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx,
7350 R_SH_DIR32);
7351 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7352 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7353
7354 /* The .got.plt slot's pointer to .plt. */
7355 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
7356 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx,
7357 R_SH_DIR32);
7358 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7359 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7360 }
7361 }
7362
7363 /* UnixWare sets the entsize of .plt to 4, although that doesn't
7364 really seem like the right value. */
7365 elf_section_data (splt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
7366 }
7367 }
7368
7369 /* Fill in the first three entries in the global offset table. */
7370 if (sgotplt && sgotplt->size > 0 && !htab->fdpic_p)
7371 {
7372 if (sdyn == NULL)
7373 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents);
7374 else
7375 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
7376 sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset,
7377 sgotplt->contents);
7378 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents + 4);
7379 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents + 8);
7380 }
7381
7382 if (sgotplt && sgotplt->size > 0)
7383 elf_section_data (sgotplt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
7384
7385 /* At the very end of the .rofixup section is a pointer to the GOT. */
7386 if (htab->fdpic_p && htab->srofixup != NULL)
7387 {
7388 struct elf_link_hash_entry *hgot = htab->root.hgot;
7389 bfd_vma got_value = hgot->root.u.def.value
7390 + hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
7391 + hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset;
7392
7393 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup, got_value);
7394
7395 /* Make sure we allocated and generated the same number of fixups. */
7396 BFD_ASSERT (htab->srofixup->reloc_count * 4 == htab->srofixup->size);
7397 }
7398
7399 if (htab->srelfuncdesc)
7400 BFD_ASSERT (htab->srelfuncdesc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
7401 == htab->srelfuncdesc->size);
7402
7403 if (htab->srelgot)
7404 BFD_ASSERT (htab->srelgot->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
7405 == htab->srelgot->size);
7406
7407 return TRUE;
7408 }
7409
7410 static enum elf_reloc_type_class
7411 sh_elf_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
7412 {
7413 switch ((int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
7414 {
7415 case R_SH_RELATIVE:
7416 return reloc_class_relative;
7417 case R_SH_JMP_SLOT:
7418 return reloc_class_plt;
7419 case R_SH_COPY:
7420 return reloc_class_copy;
7421 default:
7422 return reloc_class_normal;
7423 }
7424 }
7425
7426 #if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
7427 /* Support for Linux core dump NOTE sections. */
7428
7429 static bfd_boolean
7430 elf32_shlin_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7431 {
7432 int offset;
7433 unsigned int size;
7434
7435 switch (note->descsz)
7436 {
7437 default:
7438 return FALSE;
7439
7440 case 168: /* Linux/SH */
7441 /* pr_cursig */
7442 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
7443
7444 /* pr_pid */
7445 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24);
7446
7447 /* pr_reg */
7448 offset = 72;
7449 size = 92;
7450
7451 break;
7452 }
7453
7454 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7455 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
7456 size, note->descpos + offset);
7457 }
7458
7459 static bfd_boolean
7460 elf32_shlin_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7461 {
7462 switch (note->descsz)
7463 {
7464 default:
7465 return FALSE;
7466
7467 case 124: /* Linux/SH elf_prpsinfo */
7468 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
7469 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 28, 16);
7470 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
7471 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 44, 80);
7472 }
7473
7474 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
7475 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
7476 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
7477
7478 {
7479 char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command;
7480 int n = strlen (command);
7481
7482 if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
7483 command[n - 1] = '\0';
7484 }
7485
7486 return TRUE;
7487 }
7488 #endif /* not SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED */
7489
7490
7491 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
7492 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
7493
7494 static bfd_vma
7495 sh_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i, const asection *plt,
7496 const arelent *rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7497 {
7498 const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
7499
7500 plt_info = get_plt_info (plt->owner, (plt->owner->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0);
7501 return plt->vma + get_plt_offset (plt_info, i);
7502 }
7503
7504 /* Decide whether to attempt to turn absptr or lsda encodings in
7505 shared libraries into pcrel within the given input section. */
7506
7507 static bfd_boolean
7508 sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame (bfd *input_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7509 struct bfd_link_info *info,
7510 asection *eh_frame_section ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7511 {
7512 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
7513
7514 /* We can't use PC-relative encodings in FDPIC binaries, in general. */
7515 if (htab->fdpic_p)
7516 return FALSE;
7517
7518 return TRUE;
7519 }
7520
7521 /* Adjust the contents of an eh_frame_hdr section before they're output. */
7522
7523 static bfd_byte
7524 sh_elf_encode_eh_address (bfd *abfd,
7525 struct bfd_link_info *info,
7526 asection *osec, bfd_vma offset,
7527 asection *loc_sec, bfd_vma loc_offset,
7528 bfd_vma *encoded)
7529 {
7530 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
7531 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7532
7533 if (!htab->fdpic_p)
7534 return _bfd_elf_encode_eh_address (abfd, info, osec, offset, loc_sec,
7535 loc_offset, encoded);
7536
7537 h = htab->root.hgot;
7538 BFD_ASSERT (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
7539
7540 if (! h || (sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, osec)
7541 == sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, loc_sec->output_section)))
7542 return _bfd_elf_encode_eh_address (abfd, info, osec, offset,
7543 loc_sec, loc_offset, encoded);
7544
7545 BFD_ASSERT (sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, osec)
7546 == (sh_elf_osec_to_segment
7547 (abfd, h->root.u.def.section->output_section)));
7548
7549 *encoded = osec->vma + offset
7550 - (h->root.u.def.value
7551 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
7552 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7553
7554 return DW_EH_PE_datarel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4;
7555 }
7556
7557 #if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
7558 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM bfd_elf32_sh_vec
7559 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-sh"
7560 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM bfd_elf32_shl_vec
7561 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-shl"
7562 #endif
7563
7564 #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_sh
7565 #define ELF_TARGET_ID SH_ELF_DATA
7566 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_SH
7567 #ifdef __QNXTARGET__
7568 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x1000
7569 #else
7570 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x80
7571 #endif
7572
7573 #define elf_symbol_leading_char '_'
7574
7575 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup sh_elf_reloc_type_lookup
7576 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup \
7577 sh_elf_reloc_name_lookup
7578 #define elf_info_to_howto sh_elf_info_to_howto
7579 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section sh_elf_relax_section
7580 #define elf_backend_relocate_section sh_elf_relocate_section
7581 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_get_relocated_section_contents \
7582 sh_elf_get_relocated_section_contents
7583 #define bfd_elf32_mkobject sh_elf_mkobject
7584 #define elf_backend_object_p sh_elf_object_p
7585 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_bfd_flags \
7586 sh_elf_set_private_flags
7587 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_copy_private_bfd_data \
7588 sh_elf_copy_private_data
7589 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data \
7590 sh_elf_merge_private_data
7591
7592 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook sh_elf_gc_mark_hook
7593 #define elf_backend_gc_sweep_hook sh_elf_gc_sweep_hook
7594 #define elf_backend_check_relocs sh_elf_check_relocs
7595 #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol \
7596 sh_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
7597 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections \
7598 sh_elf_create_dynamic_sections
7599 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
7600 sh_elf_link_hash_table_create
7601 #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol \
7602 sh_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
7603 #define elf_backend_always_size_sections \
7604 sh_elf_always_size_sections
7605 #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections \
7606 sh_elf_size_dynamic_sections
7607 #define elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym sh_elf_omit_section_dynsym
7608 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol \
7609 sh_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
7610 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections \
7611 sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
7612 #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class sh_elf_reloc_type_class
7613 #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val sh_elf_plt_sym_val
7614 #define elf_backend_can_make_relative_eh_frame \
7615 sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame
7616 #define elf_backend_can_make_lsda_relative_eh_frame \
7617 sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame
7618 #define elf_backend_encode_eh_address \
7619 sh_elf_encode_eh_address
7620
7621 #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
7622 #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
7623 #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1
7624 #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1
7625 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 0
7626 #define elf_backend_got_header_size 12
7627
7628 #if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
7629
7630 #include "elf32-target.h"
7631
7632 /* NetBSD support. */
7633 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
7634 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM bfd_elf32_shnbsd_vec
7635 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
7636 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-sh-nbsd"
7637 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7638 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM bfd_elf32_shlnbsd_vec
7639 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7640 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-shl-nbsd"
7641 #undef ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
7642 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000
7643 #undef ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
7644 #undef elf_symbol_leading_char
7645 #define elf_symbol_leading_char 0
7646 #undef elf32_bed
7647 #define elf32_bed elf32_sh_nbsd_bed
7648
7649 #include "elf32-target.h"
7650
7651
7652 /* Linux support. */
7653 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
7654 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM bfd_elf32_shblin_vec
7655 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
7656 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-shbig-linux"
7657 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7658 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM bfd_elf32_shlin_vec
7659 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7660 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-sh-linux"
7661 #undef ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
7662 #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000
7663
7664 #undef elf_backend_grok_prstatus
7665 #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus elf32_shlin_grok_prstatus
7666 #undef elf_backend_grok_psinfo
7667 #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo elf32_shlin_grok_psinfo
7668 #undef elf32_bed
7669 #define elf32_bed elf32_sh_lin_bed
7670
7671 #include "elf32-target.h"
7672
7673
7674 /* FDPIC support. */
7675 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
7676 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM bfd_elf32_shbfd_vec
7677 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
7678 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-shbig-fdpic"
7679 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7680 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM bfd_elf32_shfd_vec
7681 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7682 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-sh-fdpic"
7683 #undef elf_backend_modify_program_headers
7684 #define elf_backend_modify_program_headers \
7685 sh_elf_modify_program_headers
7686
7687 #undef elf32_bed
7688 #define elf32_bed elf32_sh_fd_bed
7689
7690 #include "elf32-target.h"
7691
7692 #undef elf_backend_modify_program_headers
7693
7694 /* VxWorks support. */
7695 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
7696 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM bfd_elf32_shvxworks_vec
7697 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
7698 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-sh-vxworks"
7699 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7700 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM bfd_elf32_shlvxworks_vec
7701 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7702 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-shl-vxworks"
7703 #undef elf32_bed
7704 #define elf32_bed elf32_sh_vxworks_bed
7705
7706 #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym
7707 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 1
7708 #undef elf_symbol_leading_char
7709 #define elf_symbol_leading_char '_'
7710 #define elf_backend_want_got_underscore 1
7711 #undef elf_backend_grok_prstatus
7712 #undef elf_backend_grok_psinfo
7713 #undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
7714 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook
7715 #undef elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
7716 #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \
7717 elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook
7718 #undef elf_backend_emit_relocs
7719 #define elf_backend_emit_relocs elf_vxworks_emit_relocs
7720 #undef elf_backend_final_write_processing
7721 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing \
7722 elf_vxworks_final_write_processing
7723 #undef ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
7724 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x1000
7725 #undef ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
7726
7727 #include "elf32-target.h"
7728
7729 #endif /* neither INCLUDE_SHMEDIA nor SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED */
This page took 0.191878 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.